1 /* Output Dwarf2 format symbol table information from GCC.
2 Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
3 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4 Contributed by Gary Funck (gary@intrepid.com).
5 Derived from DWARF 1 implementation of Ron Guilmette (rfg@monkeys.com).
6 Extensively modified by Jason Merrill (jason@cygnus.com).
8 This file is part of GCC.
10 GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
11 the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
12 Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later
15 GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
16 WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
17 FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License
20 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
21 along with GCC; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free
22 Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
25 /* TODO: Emit .debug_line header even when there are no functions, since
26 the file numbers are used by .debug_info. Alternately, leave
27 out locations for types and decls.
28 Avoid talking about ctors and op= for PODs.
29 Factor out common prologue sequences into multiple CIEs. */
31 /* The first part of this file deals with the DWARF 2 frame unwind
32 information, which is also used by the GCC efficient exception handling
33 mechanism. The second part, controlled only by an #ifdef
34 DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO, deals with the other DWARF 2 debugging
39 #include "coretypes.h"
45 #include "hard-reg-set.h"
47 #include "insn-config.h"
55 #include "dwarf2out.h"
56 #include "dwarf2asm.h"
62 #include "diagnostic.h"
65 #include "langhooks.h"
68 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
69 static void dwarf2out_source_line
PARAMS ((unsigned int, const char *));
72 /* DWARF2 Abbreviation Glossary:
73 CFA = Canonical Frame Address
74 a fixed address on the stack which identifies a call frame.
75 We define it to be the value of SP just before the call insn.
76 The CFA register and offset, which may change during the course
77 of the function, are used to calculate its value at runtime.
78 CFI = Call Frame Instruction
79 an instruction for the DWARF2 abstract machine
80 CIE = Common Information Entry
81 information describing information common to one or more FDEs
82 DIE = Debugging Information Entry
83 FDE = Frame Description Entry
84 information describing the stack call frame, in particular,
85 how to restore registers
87 DW_CFA_... = DWARF2 CFA call frame instruction
88 DW_TAG_... = DWARF2 DIE tag */
90 /* Decide whether we want to emit frame unwind information for the current
96 return (write_symbols
== DWARF2_DEBUG
97 || write_symbols
== VMS_AND_DWARF2_DEBUG
98 #ifdef DWARF2_FRAME_INFO
101 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
102 || flag_unwind_tables
103 || (flag_exceptions
&& ! USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS
)
108 /* The size of the target's pointer type. */
110 #define PTR_SIZE (POINTER_SIZE / BITS_PER_UNIT)
113 /* Default version of targetm.eh_frame_section. Note this must appear
114 outside the DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO || DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO macro
118 default_eh_frame_section ()
120 #ifdef EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME
121 #ifdef HAVE_LD_RO_RW_SECTION_MIXING
122 int fde_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0);
123 int per_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2, /*global=*/1);
124 int lsda_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0, /*global=*/0);
128 || ((fde_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
129 && (fde_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned
130 && (per_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
131 && (per_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned
132 && (lsda_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
133 && (lsda_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned
))
135 named_section_flags (EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME
, flags
);
137 named_section_flags (EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME
, SECTION_WRITE
);
140 tree label
= get_file_function_name ('F');
143 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file
, floor_log2 (PTR_SIZE
));
144 (*targetm
.asm_out
.globalize_label
) (asm_out_file
, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (label
));
145 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (label
));
149 /* Array of RTXes referenced by the debugging information, which therefore
150 must be kept around forever. */
151 static GTY(()) varray_type used_rtx_varray
;
153 /* A pointer to the base of a list of incomplete types which might be
154 completed at some later time. incomplete_types_list needs to be a VARRAY
155 because we want to tell the garbage collector about it. */
156 static GTY(()) varray_type incomplete_types
;
158 /* A pointer to the base of a table of references to declaration
159 scopes. This table is a display which tracks the nesting
160 of declaration scopes at the current scope and containing
161 scopes. This table is used to find the proper place to
162 define type declaration DIE's. */
163 static GTY(()) varray_type decl_scope_table
;
165 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
166 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
167 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
170 typedef struct dw_cfi_struct
*dw_cfi_ref
;
171 typedef struct dw_fde_struct
*dw_fde_ref
;
172 typedef union dw_cfi_oprnd_struct
*dw_cfi_oprnd_ref
;
174 /* Call frames are described using a sequence of Call Frame
175 Information instructions. The register number, offset
176 and address fields are provided as possible operands;
177 their use is selected by the opcode field. */
179 enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type
{
181 dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num
,
187 typedef union dw_cfi_oprnd_struct
GTY(())
189 unsigned long GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num"))) dw_cfi_reg_num
;
190 long int GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_offset"))) dw_cfi_offset
;
191 const char * GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_addr"))) dw_cfi_addr
;
192 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
* GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_loc"))) dw_cfi_loc
;
196 typedef struct dw_cfi_struct
GTY(())
198 dw_cfi_ref dw_cfi_next
;
199 enum dwarf_call_frame_info dw_cfi_opc
;
200 dw_cfi_oprnd
GTY ((desc ("dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc (%1.dw_cfi_opc)")))
202 dw_cfi_oprnd
GTY ((desc ("dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc (%1.dw_cfi_opc)")))
207 /* This is how we define the location of the CFA. We use to handle it
208 as REG + OFFSET all the time, but now it can be more complex.
209 It can now be either REG + CFA_OFFSET or *(REG + BASE_OFFSET) + CFA_OFFSET.
210 Instead of passing around REG and OFFSET, we pass a copy
211 of this structure. */
212 typedef struct cfa_loc
GTY(())
217 int indirect
; /* 1 if CFA is accessed via a dereference. */
220 /* All call frame descriptions (FDE's) in the GCC generated DWARF
221 refer to a single Common Information Entry (CIE), defined at
222 the beginning of the .debug_frame section. This use of a single
223 CIE obviates the need to keep track of multiple CIE's
224 in the DWARF generation routines below. */
226 typedef struct dw_fde_struct
GTY(())
228 const char *dw_fde_begin
;
229 const char *dw_fde_current_label
;
230 const char *dw_fde_end
;
231 dw_cfi_ref dw_fde_cfi
;
232 unsigned funcdef_number
;
233 unsigned all_throwers_are_sibcalls
: 1;
234 unsigned nothrow
: 1;
235 unsigned uses_eh_lsda
: 1;
239 /* Maximum size (in bytes) of an artificially generated label. */
240 #define MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES 30
242 /* The size of addresses as they appear in the Dwarf 2 data.
243 Some architectures use word addresses to refer to code locations,
244 but Dwarf 2 info always uses byte addresses. On such machines,
245 Dwarf 2 addresses need to be larger than the architecture's
247 #ifndef DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
248 #define DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE (POINTER_SIZE / BITS_PER_UNIT)
251 /* The size in bytes of a DWARF field indicating an offset or length
252 relative to a debug info section, specified to be 4 bytes in the
253 DWARF-2 specification. The SGI/MIPS ABI defines it to be the same
256 #ifndef DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
257 #define DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE 4
260 /* According to the (draft) DWARF 3 specification, the initial length
261 should either be 4 or 12 bytes. When it's 12 bytes, the first 4
262 bytes are 0xffffffff, followed by the length stored in the next 8
265 However, the SGI/MIPS ABI uses an initial length which is equal to
266 DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE. It is defined (elsewhere) accordingly. */
268 #ifndef DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
269 #define DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4 ? 4 : 12)
272 #define DWARF_VERSION 2
274 /* Round SIZE up to the nearest BOUNDARY. */
275 #define DWARF_ROUND(SIZE,BOUNDARY) \
276 ((((SIZE) + (BOUNDARY) - 1) / (BOUNDARY)) * (BOUNDARY))
278 /* Offsets recorded in opcodes are a multiple of this alignment factor. */
279 #ifndef DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
280 #ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
281 #define DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT (-((int) UNITS_PER_WORD))
283 #define DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT ((int) UNITS_PER_WORD)
287 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains frame description
288 information for each routine. */
289 static GTY((length ("fde_table_allocated"))) dw_fde_ref fde_table
;
291 /* Number of elements currently allocated for fde_table. */
292 static GTY(()) unsigned fde_table_allocated
;
294 /* Number of elements in fde_table currently in use. */
295 static GTY(()) unsigned fde_table_in_use
;
297 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
299 #define FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
301 /* A list of call frame insns for the CIE. */
302 static GTY(()) dw_cfi_ref cie_cfi_head
;
304 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
305 /* Some DWARF extensions (e.g., MIPS/SGI) implement a subprogram
306 attribute that accelerates the lookup of the FDE associated
307 with the subprogram. This variable holds the table index of the FDE
308 associated with the current function (body) definition. */
309 static unsigned current_funcdef_fde
;
312 struct indirect_string_node
GTY(())
315 unsigned int refcount
;
320 static GTY ((param_is (struct indirect_string_node
))) htab_t debug_str_hash
;
322 static GTY(()) int dw2_string_counter
;
323 static GTY(()) unsigned long dwarf2out_cfi_label_num
;
325 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
327 /* Forward declarations for functions defined in this file. */
329 static char *stripattributes
PARAMS ((const char *));
330 static const char *dwarf_cfi_name
PARAMS ((unsigned));
331 static dw_cfi_ref new_cfi
PARAMS ((void));
332 static void add_cfi
PARAMS ((dw_cfi_ref
*, dw_cfi_ref
));
333 static void add_fde_cfi
PARAMS ((const char *, dw_cfi_ref
));
334 static void lookup_cfa_1
PARAMS ((dw_cfi_ref
,
336 static void lookup_cfa
PARAMS ((dw_cfa_location
*));
337 static void reg_save
PARAMS ((const char *, unsigned,
339 static void initial_return_save
PARAMS ((rtx
));
340 static long stack_adjust_offset
PARAMS ((rtx
));
341 static void output_cfi
PARAMS ((dw_cfi_ref
, dw_fde_ref
, int));
342 static void output_call_frame_info
PARAMS ((int));
343 static void dwarf2out_stack_adjust
PARAMS ((rtx
));
344 static void queue_reg_save
PARAMS ((const char *, rtx
, long));
345 static void flush_queued_reg_saves
PARAMS ((void));
346 static bool clobbers_queued_reg_save
PARAMS ((rtx
));
347 static void dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr
PARAMS ((rtx
, const char *));
349 /* Support for complex CFA locations. */
350 static void output_cfa_loc
PARAMS ((dw_cfi_ref
));
351 static void get_cfa_from_loc_descr
PARAMS ((dw_cfa_location
*,
352 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*));
353 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*build_cfa_loc
354 PARAMS ((dw_cfa_location
*));
355 static void def_cfa_1
PARAMS ((const char *,
358 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
359 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
360 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
363 /* Data and reference forms for relocatable data. */
364 #define DW_FORM_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8 ? DW_FORM_data8 : DW_FORM_data4)
365 #define DW_FORM_ref (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8 ? DW_FORM_ref8 : DW_FORM_ref4)
367 #ifndef DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION
368 #define DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION ".debug_frame"
371 #ifndef FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
372 #define FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL "LFB"
375 #ifndef FUNC_END_LABEL
376 #define FUNC_END_LABEL "LFE"
379 #define FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL "Lframe"
380 #define CIE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL "LSCIE"
381 #define CIE_END_LABEL "LECIE"
382 #define FDE_LABEL "LSFDE"
383 #define FDE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL "LASFDE"
384 #define FDE_END_LABEL "LEFDE"
385 #define LINE_NUMBER_BEGIN_LABEL "LSLT"
386 #define LINE_NUMBER_END_LABEL "LELT"
387 #define LN_PROLOG_AS_LABEL "LASLTP"
388 #define LN_PROLOG_END_LABEL "LELTP"
389 #define DIE_LABEL_PREFIX "DW"
391 /* The DWARF 2 CFA column which tracks the return address. Normally this
392 is the column for PC, or the first column after all of the hard
394 #ifndef DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
396 #define DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (PC_REGNUM)
398 #define DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS
402 /* The mapping from gcc register number to DWARF 2 CFA column number. By
403 default, we just provide columns for all registers. */
404 #ifndef DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM
405 #define DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM(REG) DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (REG)
408 /* The offset from the incoming value of %sp to the top of the stack frame
409 for the current function. */
410 #ifndef INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET
411 #define INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET 0
414 /* Hook used by __throw. */
417 expand_builtin_dwarf_sp_column ()
419 return GEN_INT (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
));
422 /* Return a pointer to a copy of the section string name S with all
423 attributes stripped off, and an asterisk prepended (for assemble_name). */
429 char *stripped
= xmalloc (strlen (s
) + 2);
434 while (*s
&& *s
!= ',')
441 /* Generate code to initialize the register size table. */
444 expand_builtin_init_dwarf_reg_sizes (address
)
448 enum machine_mode mode
= TYPE_MODE (char_type_node
);
449 rtx addr
= expand_expr (address
, NULL_RTX
, VOIDmode
, 0);
450 rtx mem
= gen_rtx_MEM (BLKmode
, addr
);
452 for (i
= 0; i
< FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
; i
++)
453 if (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i
) < DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS
)
455 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i
) * GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
);
456 HOST_WIDE_INT size
= GET_MODE_SIZE (reg_raw_mode
[i
]);
461 emit_move_insn (adjust_address (mem
, mode
, offset
), GEN_INT (size
));
465 /* Convert a DWARF call frame info. operation to its string name */
468 dwarf_cfi_name (cfi_opc
)
473 case DW_CFA_advance_loc
:
474 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc";
476 return "DW_CFA_offset";
478 return "DW_CFA_restore";
482 return "DW_CFA_set_loc";
483 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1
:
484 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc1";
485 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2
:
486 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc2";
487 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4
:
488 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc4";
489 case DW_CFA_offset_extended
:
490 return "DW_CFA_offset_extended";
491 case DW_CFA_restore_extended
:
492 return "DW_CFA_restore_extended";
493 case DW_CFA_undefined
:
494 return "DW_CFA_undefined";
495 case DW_CFA_same_value
:
496 return "DW_CFA_same_value";
497 case DW_CFA_register
:
498 return "DW_CFA_register";
499 case DW_CFA_remember_state
:
500 return "DW_CFA_remember_state";
501 case DW_CFA_restore_state
:
502 return "DW_CFA_restore_state";
504 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa";
505 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
:
506 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_register";
507 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
508 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset";
511 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
:
512 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression";
513 case DW_CFA_expression
:
514 return "DW_CFA_expression";
515 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
:
516 return "DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf";
517 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
518 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf";
519 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
:
520 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf";
522 /* SGI/MIPS specific */
523 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8
:
524 return "DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8";
527 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save
:
528 return "DW_CFA_GNU_window_save";
529 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size
:
530 return "DW_CFA_GNU_args_size";
531 case DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended
:
532 return "DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended";
535 return "DW_CFA_<unknown>";
539 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated Call Frame Instruction. */
541 static inline dw_cfi_ref
544 dw_cfi_ref cfi
= (dw_cfi_ref
) ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_cfi_node
));
546 cfi
->dw_cfi_next
= NULL
;
547 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= 0;
548 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= 0;
553 /* Add a Call Frame Instruction to list of instructions. */
556 add_cfi (list_head
, cfi
)
557 dw_cfi_ref
*list_head
;
562 /* Find the end of the chain. */
563 for (p
= list_head
; (*p
) != NULL
; p
= &(*p
)->dw_cfi_next
)
569 /* Generate a new label for the CFI info to refer to. */
572 dwarf2out_cfi_label ()
574 static char label
[20];
576 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, "LCFI", dwarf2out_cfi_label_num
++);
577 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, label
);
581 /* Add CFI to the current fde at the PC value indicated by LABEL if specified,
582 or to the CIE if LABEL is NULL. */
585 add_fde_cfi (label
, cfi
)
591 dw_fde_ref fde
= &fde_table
[fde_table_in_use
- 1];
594 label
= dwarf2out_cfi_label ();
596 if (fde
->dw_fde_current_label
== NULL
597 || strcmp (label
, fde
->dw_fde_current_label
) != 0)
601 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= label
= xstrdup (label
);
603 /* Set the location counter to the new label. */
605 xcfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_advance_loc4
;
606 xcfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
= label
;
607 add_cfi (&fde
->dw_fde_cfi
, xcfi
);
610 add_cfi (&fde
->dw_fde_cfi
, cfi
);
614 add_cfi (&cie_cfi_head
, cfi
);
617 /* Subroutine of lookup_cfa. */
620 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi
, loc
)
622 dw_cfa_location
*loc
;
624 switch (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
)
626 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
627 loc
->offset
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
;
629 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
:
630 loc
->reg
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
;
633 loc
->reg
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
;
634 loc
->offset
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
;
636 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
:
637 get_cfa_from_loc_descr (loc
, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_loc
);
644 /* Find the previous value for the CFA. */
648 dw_cfa_location
*loc
;
652 loc
->reg
= (unsigned long) -1;
655 loc
->base_offset
= 0;
657 for (cfi
= cie_cfi_head
; cfi
; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
658 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi
, loc
);
660 if (fde_table_in_use
)
662 dw_fde_ref fde
= &fde_table
[fde_table_in_use
- 1];
663 for (cfi
= fde
->dw_fde_cfi
; cfi
; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
664 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi
, loc
);
668 /* The current rule for calculating the DWARF2 canonical frame address. */
669 static dw_cfa_location cfa
;
671 /* The register used for saving registers to the stack, and its offset
673 static dw_cfa_location cfa_store
;
675 /* The running total of the size of arguments pushed onto the stack. */
676 static long args_size
;
678 /* The last args_size we actually output. */
679 static long old_args_size
;
681 /* Entry point to update the canonical frame address (CFA).
682 LABEL is passed to add_fde_cfi. The value of CFA is now to be
683 calculated from REG+OFFSET. */
686 dwarf2out_def_cfa (label
, reg
, offset
)
696 def_cfa_1 (label
, &loc
);
699 /* This routine does the actual work. The CFA is now calculated from
700 the dw_cfa_location structure. */
703 def_cfa_1 (label
, loc_p
)
705 dw_cfa_location
*loc_p
;
708 dw_cfa_location old_cfa
, loc
;
713 if (cfa_store
.reg
== loc
.reg
&& loc
.indirect
== 0)
714 cfa_store
.offset
= loc
.offset
;
716 loc
.reg
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (loc
.reg
);
717 lookup_cfa (&old_cfa
);
719 /* If nothing changed, no need to issue any call frame instructions. */
720 if (loc
.reg
== old_cfa
.reg
&& loc
.offset
== old_cfa
.offset
721 && loc
.indirect
== old_cfa
.indirect
722 && (loc
.indirect
== 0 || loc
.base_offset
== old_cfa
.base_offset
))
727 if (loc
.reg
== old_cfa
.reg
&& !loc
.indirect
)
729 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset <offset>" instruction,
730 indicating the CFA register did not change but the offset
732 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
;
733 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
= loc
.offset
;
736 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO /* SGI dbx thinks this means no offset. */
737 else if (loc
.offset
== old_cfa
.offset
&& old_cfa
.reg
!= (unsigned long) -1
740 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa_register <register>" instruction,
741 indicating the CFA register has changed to <register> but the
742 offset has not changed. */
743 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
;
744 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= loc
.reg
;
748 else if (loc
.indirect
== 0)
750 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa <register> <offset>" instruction,
751 indicating the CFA register has changed to <register> with
752 the specified offset. */
753 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa
;
754 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= loc
.reg
;
755 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
= loc
.offset
;
759 /* Construct a DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression instruction to
760 calculate the CFA using a full location expression since no
761 register-offset pair is available. */
762 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*loc_list
;
764 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
;
765 loc_list
= build_cfa_loc (&loc
);
766 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_loc
= loc_list
;
769 add_fde_cfi (label
, cfi
);
772 /* Add the CFI for saving a register. REG is the CFA column number.
773 LABEL is passed to add_fde_cfi.
774 If SREG is -1, the register is saved at OFFSET from the CFA;
775 otherwise it is saved in SREG. */
778 reg_save (label
, reg
, sreg
, offset
)
784 dw_cfi_ref cfi
= new_cfi ();
786 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= reg
;
788 /* The following comparison is correct. -1 is used to indicate that
789 the value isn't a register number. */
790 if (sreg
== (unsigned int) -1)
793 /* The register number won't fit in 6 bits, so we have to use
795 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_offset_extended
;
797 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_offset
;
799 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
801 /* If we get an offset that is not a multiple of
802 DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT, there is either a bug in the
803 definition of DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT, or a bug in the machine
805 long check_offset
= offset
/ DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
;
807 if (check_offset
* DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
!= offset
)
811 offset
/= DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
;
813 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
;
815 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
= offset
;
817 else if (sreg
== reg
)
818 /* We could emit a DW_CFA_same_value in this case, but don't bother. */
822 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_register
;
823 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= sreg
;
826 add_fde_cfi (label
, cfi
);
829 /* Add the CFI for saving a register window. LABEL is passed to reg_save.
830 This CFI tells the unwinder that it needs to restore the window registers
831 from the previous frame's window save area.
833 ??? Perhaps we should note in the CIE where windows are saved (instead of
834 assuming 0(cfa)) and what registers are in the window. */
837 dwarf2out_window_save (label
)
840 dw_cfi_ref cfi
= new_cfi ();
842 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_GNU_window_save
;
843 add_fde_cfi (label
, cfi
);
846 /* Add a CFI to update the running total of the size of arguments
847 pushed onto the stack. */
850 dwarf2out_args_size (label
, size
)
856 if (size
== old_args_size
)
859 old_args_size
= size
;
862 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_GNU_args_size
;
863 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
= size
;
864 add_fde_cfi (label
, cfi
);
867 /* Entry point for saving a register to the stack. REG is the GCC register
868 number. LABEL and OFFSET are passed to reg_save. */
871 dwarf2out_reg_save (label
, reg
, offset
)
876 reg_save (label
, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (reg
), -1, offset
);
879 /* Entry point for saving the return address in the stack.
880 LABEL and OFFSET are passed to reg_save. */
883 dwarf2out_return_save (label
, offset
)
887 reg_save (label
, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
, -1, offset
);
890 /* Entry point for saving the return address in a register.
891 LABEL and SREG are passed to reg_save. */
894 dwarf2out_return_reg (label
, sreg
)
898 reg_save (label
, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
, sreg
, 0);
901 /* Record the initial position of the return address. RTL is
902 INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX. */
905 initial_return_save (rtl
)
908 unsigned int reg
= (unsigned int) -1;
909 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= 0;
911 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
914 /* RA is in a register. */
915 reg
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (rtl
));
919 /* RA is on the stack. */
921 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
924 if (REGNO (rtl
) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
930 if (REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
932 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1));
936 if (REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
938 offset
= -INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1));
948 /* The return address is at some offset from any value we can
949 actually load. For instance, on the SPARC it is in %i7+8. Just
950 ignore the offset for now; it doesn't matter for unwinding frames. */
951 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 1)) != CONST_INT
)
953 initial_return_save (XEXP (rtl
, 0));
960 reg_save (NULL
, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
, reg
, offset
- cfa
.offset
);
963 /* Given a SET, calculate the amount of stack adjustment it
967 stack_adjust_offset (pattern
)
970 rtx src
= SET_SRC (pattern
);
971 rtx dest
= SET_DEST (pattern
);
972 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= 0;
975 if (dest
== stack_pointer_rtx
)
977 /* (set (reg sp) (plus (reg sp) (const_int))) */
978 code
= GET_CODE (src
);
979 if (! (code
== PLUS
|| code
== MINUS
)
980 || XEXP (src
, 0) != stack_pointer_rtx
981 || GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 1)) != CONST_INT
)
984 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
988 else if (GET_CODE (dest
) == MEM
)
990 /* (set (mem (pre_dec (reg sp))) (foo)) */
991 src
= XEXP (dest
, 0);
992 code
= GET_CODE (src
);
998 if (XEXP (src
, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx
)
1000 rtx val
= XEXP (XEXP (src
, 1), 1);
1001 /* We handle only adjustments by constant amount. */
1002 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 1)) != PLUS
||
1003 GET_CODE (val
) != CONST_INT
)
1005 offset
= -INTVAL (val
);
1012 if (XEXP (src
, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx
)
1014 offset
= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest
));
1021 if (XEXP (src
, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx
)
1023 offset
= -GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest
));
1038 /* Check INSN to see if it looks like a push or a stack adjustment, and
1039 make a note of it if it does. EH uses this information to find out how
1040 much extra space it needs to pop off the stack. */
1043 dwarf2out_stack_adjust (insn
)
1046 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
;
1050 if (!flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
&& GET_CODE (insn
) == CALL_INSN
)
1052 /* Extract the size of the args from the CALL rtx itself. */
1053 insn
= PATTERN (insn
);
1054 if (GET_CODE (insn
) == PARALLEL
)
1055 insn
= XVECEXP (insn
, 0, 0);
1056 if (GET_CODE (insn
) == SET
)
1057 insn
= SET_SRC (insn
);
1058 if (GET_CODE (insn
) != CALL
)
1061 dwarf2out_args_size ("", INTVAL (XEXP (insn
, 1)));
1065 /* If only calls can throw, and we have a frame pointer,
1066 save up adjustments until we see the CALL_INSN. */
1067 else if (!flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
&& cfa
.reg
!= STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1070 if (GET_CODE (insn
) == BARRIER
)
1072 /* When we see a BARRIER, we know to reset args_size to 0. Usually
1073 the compiler will have already emitted a stack adjustment, but
1074 doesn't bother for calls to noreturn functions. */
1075 #ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1076 offset
= -args_size
;
1081 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn
)) == SET
)
1082 offset
= stack_adjust_offset (PATTERN (insn
));
1083 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn
)) == PARALLEL
1084 || GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn
)) == SEQUENCE
)
1086 /* There may be stack adjustments inside compound insns. Search
1088 for (offset
= 0, i
= XVECLEN (PATTERN (insn
), 0) - 1; i
>= 0; i
--)
1089 if (GET_CODE (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn
), 0, i
)) == SET
)
1090 offset
+= stack_adjust_offset (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn
), 0, i
));
1098 if (cfa
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1099 cfa
.offset
+= offset
;
1101 #ifndef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1105 args_size
+= offset
;
1109 label
= dwarf2out_cfi_label ();
1110 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
1111 dwarf2out_args_size (label
, args_size
);
1116 /* We delay emitting a register save until either (a) we reach the end
1117 of the prologue or (b) the register is clobbered. This clusters
1118 register saves so that there are fewer pc advances. */
1120 struct queued_reg_save
GTY(())
1122 struct queued_reg_save
*next
;
1127 static GTY(()) struct queued_reg_save
*queued_reg_saves
;
1129 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
1130 static const char *last_reg_save_label
;
1133 queue_reg_save (label
, reg
, offset
)
1138 struct queued_reg_save
*q
= ggc_alloc (sizeof (*q
));
1140 q
->next
= queued_reg_saves
;
1142 q
->cfa_offset
= offset
;
1143 queued_reg_saves
= q
;
1145 last_reg_save_label
= label
;
1149 flush_queued_reg_saves ()
1151 struct queued_reg_save
*q
, *next
;
1153 for (q
= queued_reg_saves
; q
; q
= next
)
1155 dwarf2out_reg_save (last_reg_save_label
, REGNO (q
->reg
), q
->cfa_offset
);
1159 queued_reg_saves
= NULL
;
1160 last_reg_save_label
= NULL
;
1164 clobbers_queued_reg_save (insn
)
1167 struct queued_reg_save
*q
;
1169 for (q
= queued_reg_saves
; q
; q
= q
->next
)
1170 if (modified_in_p (q
->reg
, insn
))
1177 /* A temporary register holding an integral value used in adjusting SP
1178 or setting up the store_reg. The "offset" field holds the integer
1179 value, not an offset. */
1180 static dw_cfa_location cfa_temp
;
1182 /* Record call frame debugging information for an expression EXPR,
1183 which either sets SP or FP (adjusting how we calculate the frame
1184 address) or saves a register to the stack. LABEL indicates the
1187 This function encodes a state machine mapping rtxes to actions on
1188 cfa, cfa_store, and cfa_temp.reg. We describe these rules so
1189 users need not read the source code.
1191 The High-Level Picture
1193 Changes in the register we use to calculate the CFA: Currently we
1194 assume that if you copy the CFA register into another register, we
1195 should take the other one as the new CFA register; this seems to
1196 work pretty well. If it's wrong for some target, it's simple
1197 enough not to set RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P on the insn in question.
1199 Changes in the register we use for saving registers to the stack:
1200 This is usually SP, but not always. Again, we deduce that if you
1201 copy SP into another register (and SP is not the CFA register),
1202 then the new register is the one we will be using for register
1203 saves. This also seems to work.
1205 Register saves: There's not much guesswork about this one; if
1206 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on an insn which modifies memory, it's a
1207 register save, and the register used to calculate the destination
1208 had better be the one we think we're using for this purpose.
1210 Except: If the register being saved is the CFA register, and the
1211 offset is nonzero, we are saving the CFA, so we assume we have to
1212 use DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression. If the offset is 0, we assume that
1213 the intent is to save the value of SP from the previous frame.
1215 Invariants / Summaries of Rules
1217 cfa current rule for calculating the CFA. It usually
1218 consists of a register and an offset.
1219 cfa_store register used by prologue code to save things to the stack
1220 cfa_store.offset is the offset from the value of
1221 cfa_store.reg to the actual CFA
1222 cfa_temp register holding an integral value. cfa_temp.offset
1223 stores the value, which will be used to adjust the
1224 stack pointer. cfa_temp is also used like cfa_store,
1225 to track stores to the stack via fp or a temp reg.
1227 Rules 1- 4: Setting a register's value to cfa.reg or an expression
1228 with cfa.reg as the first operand changes the cfa.reg and its
1229 cfa.offset. Rule 1 and 4 also set cfa_temp.reg and
1232 Rules 6- 9: Set a non-cfa.reg register value to a constant or an
1233 expression yielding a constant. This sets cfa_temp.reg
1234 and cfa_temp.offset.
1236 Rule 5: Create a new register cfa_store used to save items to the
1239 Rules 10-14: Save a register to the stack. Define offset as the
1240 difference of the original location and cfa_store's
1241 location (or cfa_temp's location if cfa_temp is used).
1245 "{a,b}" indicates a choice of a xor b.
1246 "<reg>:cfa.reg" indicates that <reg> must equal cfa.reg.
1249 (set <reg1> <reg2>:cfa.reg)
1250 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1251 cfa.offset unchanged
1252 cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
1253 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset
1256 (set sp ({minus,plus,losum} {sp,fp}:cfa.reg
1257 {<const_int>,<reg>:cfa_temp.reg}))
1258 effects: cfa.reg = sp if fp used
1259 cfa.offset += {+/- <const_int>, cfa_temp.offset} if cfa.reg==sp
1260 cfa_store.offset += {+/- <const_int>, cfa_temp.offset}
1261 if cfa_store.reg==sp
1264 (set fp ({minus,plus,losum} <reg>:cfa.reg <const_int>))
1265 effects: cfa.reg = fp
1266 cfa_offset += +/- <const_int>
1269 (set <reg1> ({plus,losum} <reg2>:cfa.reg <const_int>))
1270 constraints: <reg1> != fp
1272 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1273 cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
1274 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset
1277 (set <reg1> (plus <reg2>:cfa_temp.reg sp:cfa.reg))
1278 constraints: <reg1> != fp
1280 effects: cfa_store.reg = <reg1>
1281 cfa_store.offset = cfa.offset - cfa_temp.offset
1284 (set <reg> <const_int>)
1285 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg>
1286 cfa_temp.offset = <const_int>
1289 (set <reg1>:cfa_temp.reg (ior <reg2>:cfa_temp.reg <const_int>))
1290 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
1291 cfa_temp.offset |= <const_int>
1294 (set <reg> (high <exp>))
1298 (set <reg> (lo_sum <exp> <const_int>))
1299 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg>
1300 cfa_temp.offset = <const_int>
1303 (set (mem (pre_modify sp:cfa_store (???? <reg1> <const_int>))) <reg2>)
1304 effects: cfa_store.offset -= <const_int>
1305 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset if cfa.reg == sp
1307 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_store.offset
1310 (set (mem ({pre_inc,pre_dec} sp:cfa_store.reg)) <reg>)
1311 effects: cfa_store.offset += -/+ mode_size(mem)
1312 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset if cfa.reg == sp
1314 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_store.offset
1317 (set (mem ({minus,plus,losum} <reg1>:{cfa_store,cfa_temp} <const_int>))
1320 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1321 cfa.base_offset = -/+ <const_int> - {cfa_store,cfa_temp}.offset
1324 (set (mem <reg1>:{cfa_store,cfa_temp}) <reg2>)
1325 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1326 cfa.base_offset = -{cfa_store,cfa_temp}.offset
1329 (set (mem (postinc <reg1>:cfa_temp <const_int>)) <reg2>)
1330 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1331 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_temp.offset
1332 cfa_temp.offset -= mode_size(mem) */
1335 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (expr
, label
)
1340 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
;
1342 /* If RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on a PARALLEL, process each member of
1343 the PARALLEL independently. The first element is always processed if
1344 it is a SET. This is for backward compatibility. Other elements
1345 are processed only if they are SETs and the RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P
1346 flag is set in them. */
1347 if (GET_CODE (expr
) == PARALLEL
|| GET_CODE (expr
) == SEQUENCE
)
1350 int limit
= XVECLEN (expr
, 0);
1352 for (par_index
= 0; par_index
< limit
; par_index
++)
1353 if (GET_CODE (XVECEXP (expr
, 0, par_index
)) == SET
1354 && (RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (XVECEXP (expr
, 0, par_index
))
1356 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (XVECEXP (expr
, 0, par_index
), label
);
1361 if (GET_CODE (expr
) != SET
)
1364 src
= SET_SRC (expr
);
1365 dest
= SET_DEST (expr
);
1367 switch (GET_CODE (dest
))
1371 /* Update the CFA rule wrt SP or FP. Make sure src is
1372 relative to the current CFA register. */
1373 switch (GET_CODE (src
))
1375 /* Setting FP from SP. */
1377 if (cfa
.reg
== (unsigned) REGNO (src
))
1383 /* We used to require that dest be either SP or FP, but the
1384 ARM copies SP to a temporary register, and from there to
1385 FP. So we just rely on the backends to only set
1386 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P on appropriate insns. */
1387 cfa
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
1388 cfa_temp
.reg
= cfa
.reg
;
1389 cfa_temp
.offset
= cfa
.offset
;
1395 if (dest
== stack_pointer_rtx
)
1399 switch (GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 1)))
1402 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
1405 if ((unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src
, 1)) != cfa_temp
.reg
)
1407 offset
= cfa_temp
.offset
;
1413 if (XEXP (src
, 0) == hard_frame_pointer_rtx
)
1415 /* Restoring SP from FP in the epilogue. */
1416 if (cfa
.reg
!= (unsigned) HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1418 cfa
.reg
= STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
;
1420 else if (GET_CODE (src
) == LO_SUM
)
1421 /* Assume we've set the source reg of the LO_SUM from sp. */
1423 else if (XEXP (src
, 0) != stack_pointer_rtx
)
1426 if (GET_CODE (src
) != MINUS
)
1428 if (cfa
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1429 cfa
.offset
+= offset
;
1430 if (cfa_store
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1431 cfa_store
.offset
+= offset
;
1433 else if (dest
== hard_frame_pointer_rtx
)
1436 /* Either setting the FP from an offset of the SP,
1437 or adjusting the FP */
1438 if (! frame_pointer_needed
)
1441 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 0)) == REG
1442 && (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src
, 0)) == cfa
.reg
1443 && GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 1)) == CONST_INT
)
1445 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
1446 if (GET_CODE (src
) != MINUS
)
1448 cfa
.offset
+= offset
;
1449 cfa
.reg
= HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
;
1456 if (GET_CODE (src
) == MINUS
)
1460 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 0)) == REG
1461 && REGNO (XEXP (src
, 0)) == cfa
.reg
1462 && GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 1)) == CONST_INT
)
1464 /* Setting a temporary CFA register that will be copied
1465 into the FP later on. */
1466 offset
= - INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
1467 cfa
.offset
+= offset
;
1468 cfa
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
1469 /* Or used to save regs to the stack. */
1470 cfa_temp
.reg
= cfa
.reg
;
1471 cfa_temp
.offset
= cfa
.offset
;
1475 else if (GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 0)) == REG
1476 && REGNO (XEXP (src
, 0)) == cfa_temp
.reg
1477 && XEXP (src
, 1) == stack_pointer_rtx
)
1479 /* Setting a scratch register that we will use instead
1480 of SP for saving registers to the stack. */
1481 if (cfa
.reg
!= STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1483 cfa_store
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
1484 cfa_store
.offset
= cfa
.offset
- cfa_temp
.offset
;
1488 else if (GET_CODE (src
) == LO_SUM
1489 && GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 1)) == CONST_INT
)
1491 cfa_temp
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
1492 cfa_temp
.offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
1501 cfa_temp
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
1502 cfa_temp
.offset
= INTVAL (src
);
1507 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 0)) != REG
1508 || (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src
, 0)) != cfa_temp
.reg
1509 || GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 1)) != CONST_INT
)
1512 if ((unsigned) REGNO (dest
) != cfa_temp
.reg
)
1513 cfa_temp
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
1514 cfa_temp
.offset
|= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
1517 /* Skip over HIGH, assuming it will be followed by a LO_SUM,
1518 which will fill in all of the bits. */
1527 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
1531 if (GET_CODE (src
) != REG
)
1534 /* Saving a register to the stack. Make sure dest is relative to the
1536 switch (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest
, 0)))
1541 /* We can't handle variable size modifications. */
1542 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 1), 1)) != CONST_INT
)
1544 offset
= -INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 1), 1));
1546 if (REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 0)) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
1547 || cfa_store
.reg
!= STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1550 cfa_store
.offset
+= offset
;
1551 if (cfa
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1552 cfa
.offset
= cfa_store
.offset
;
1554 offset
= -cfa_store
.offset
;
1560 offset
= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest
));
1561 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest
, 0)) == PRE_INC
)
1564 if (REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 0)) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
1565 || cfa_store
.reg
!= STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1568 cfa_store
.offset
+= offset
;
1569 if (cfa
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1570 cfa
.offset
= cfa_store
.offset
;
1572 offset
= -cfa_store
.offset
;
1576 /* With an offset. */
1580 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 1)) != CONST_INT
)
1582 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 1));
1583 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest
, 0)) == MINUS
)
1586 if (cfa_store
.reg
== (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 0)))
1587 offset
-= cfa_store
.offset
;
1588 else if (cfa_temp
.reg
== (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 0)))
1589 offset
-= cfa_temp
.offset
;
1595 /* Without an offset. */
1597 if (cfa_store
.reg
== (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (dest
, 0)))
1598 offset
= -cfa_store
.offset
;
1599 else if (cfa_temp
.reg
== (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (dest
, 0)))
1600 offset
= -cfa_temp
.offset
;
1607 if (cfa_temp
.reg
!= (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 0)))
1609 offset
= -cfa_temp
.offset
;
1610 cfa_temp
.offset
-= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest
));
1617 if (REGNO (src
) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
1618 && REGNO (src
) != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
1619 && (unsigned) REGNO (src
) == cfa
.reg
)
1621 /* We're storing the current CFA reg into the stack. */
1623 if (cfa
.offset
== 0)
1625 /* If the source register is exactly the CFA, assume
1626 we're saving SP like any other register; this happens
1628 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
1629 queue_reg_save (label
, stack_pointer_rtx
, offset
);
1634 /* Otherwise, we'll need to look in the stack to
1635 calculate the CFA. */
1636 rtx x
= XEXP (dest
, 0);
1638 if (GET_CODE (x
) != REG
)
1640 if (GET_CODE (x
) != REG
)
1643 cfa
.reg
= REGNO (x
);
1644 cfa
.base_offset
= offset
;
1646 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
1651 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
1652 queue_reg_save (label
, src
, offset
);
1660 /* Record call frame debugging information for INSN, which either
1661 sets SP or FP (adjusting how we calculate the frame address) or saves a
1662 register to the stack. If INSN is NULL_RTX, initialize our state. */
1665 dwarf2out_frame_debug (insn
)
1671 if (insn
== NULL_RTX
)
1673 /* Flush any queued register saves. */
1674 flush_queued_reg_saves ();
1676 /* Set up state for generating call frame debug info. */
1678 if (cfa
.reg
!= (unsigned long) DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
))
1681 cfa
.reg
= STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
;
1684 cfa_temp
.offset
= 0;
1688 if (GET_CODE (insn
) != INSN
|| clobbers_queued_reg_save (insn
))
1689 flush_queued_reg_saves ();
1691 if (! RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn
))
1693 if (!ACCUMULATE_OUTGOING_ARGS
)
1694 dwarf2out_stack_adjust (insn
);
1699 label
= dwarf2out_cfi_label ();
1700 src
= find_reg_note (insn
, REG_FRAME_RELATED_EXPR
, NULL_RTX
);
1702 insn
= XEXP (src
, 0);
1704 insn
= PATTERN (insn
);
1706 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (insn
, label
);
1711 /* Describe for the GTY machinery what parts of dw_cfi_oprnd1 are used. */
1712 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc
1713 PARAMS ((enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi
));
1715 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type
1716 dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc (cfi
)
1717 enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi
;
1722 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save
:
1723 return dw_cfi_oprnd_unused
;
1725 case DW_CFA_set_loc
:
1726 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1
:
1727 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2
:
1728 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4
:
1729 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8
:
1730 return dw_cfi_oprnd_addr
;
1733 case DW_CFA_offset_extended
:
1734 case DW_CFA_def_cfa
:
1735 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
:
1736 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
1737 case DW_CFA_restore_extended
:
1738 case DW_CFA_undefined
:
1739 case DW_CFA_same_value
:
1740 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
:
1741 case DW_CFA_register
:
1742 return dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num
;
1744 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
1745 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size
:
1746 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
:
1747 return dw_cfi_oprnd_offset
;
1749 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
:
1750 case DW_CFA_expression
:
1751 return dw_cfi_oprnd_loc
;
1758 /* Describe for the GTY machinery what parts of dw_cfi_oprnd2 are used. */
1759 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc
1760 PARAMS ((enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi
));
1762 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type
1763 dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc (cfi
)
1764 enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi
;
1768 case DW_CFA_def_cfa
:
1769 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
1771 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
:
1772 case DW_CFA_offset_extended
:
1773 return dw_cfi_oprnd_offset
;
1775 case DW_CFA_register
:
1776 return dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num
;
1779 return dw_cfi_oprnd_unused
;
1783 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
1785 /* Output a Call Frame Information opcode and its operand(s). */
1788 output_cfi (cfi
, fde
, for_eh
)
1793 if (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
== DW_CFA_advance_loc
)
1794 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
1795 | (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
& 0x3f)),
1796 "DW_CFA_advance_loc 0x%lx",
1797 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
);
1798 else if (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
== DW_CFA_offset
)
1800 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
1801 | (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
& 0x3f)),
1802 "DW_CFA_offset, column 0x%lx",
1803 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
);
1804 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
, NULL
);
1806 else if (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
== DW_CFA_restore
)
1807 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
1808 | (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
& 0x3f)),
1809 "DW_CFA_restore, column 0x%lx",
1810 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
);
1813 dw2_asm_output_data (1, cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
,
1814 "%s", dwarf_cfi_name (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
));
1816 switch (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
)
1818 case DW_CFA_set_loc
:
1820 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (
1821 ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0),
1822 gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode
, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
),
1825 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
1826 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
, NULL
);
1829 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1
:
1830 dw2_asm_output_delta (1, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
,
1831 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
, NULL
);
1832 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
;
1835 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2
:
1836 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
,
1837 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
, NULL
);
1838 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
;
1841 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4
:
1842 dw2_asm_output_delta (4, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
,
1843 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
, NULL
);
1844 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
;
1847 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8
:
1848 dw2_asm_output_delta (8, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
,
1849 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
, NULL
);
1850 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
;
1853 case DW_CFA_offset_extended
:
1854 case DW_CFA_def_cfa
:
1855 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
,
1857 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
, NULL
);
1860 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
:
1861 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
1862 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
,
1864 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
, NULL
);
1867 case DW_CFA_restore_extended
:
1868 case DW_CFA_undefined
:
1869 case DW_CFA_same_value
:
1870 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
:
1871 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
,
1875 case DW_CFA_register
:
1876 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
,
1878 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_reg_num
,
1882 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
1883 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size
:
1884 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
, NULL
);
1887 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
:
1888 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
, NULL
);
1891 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save
:
1894 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
:
1895 case DW_CFA_expression
:
1896 output_cfa_loc (cfi
);
1899 case DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended
:
1900 /* Obsoleted by DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf. */
1909 /* Output the call frame information used to used to record information
1910 that relates to calculating the frame pointer, and records the
1911 location of saved registers. */
1914 output_call_frame_info (for_eh
)
1920 char l1
[20], l2
[20], section_start_label
[20];
1921 bool any_lsda_needed
= false;
1922 char augmentation
[6];
1923 int augmentation_size
;
1924 int fde_encoding
= DW_EH_PE_absptr
;
1925 int per_encoding
= DW_EH_PE_absptr
;
1926 int lsda_encoding
= DW_EH_PE_absptr
;
1928 /* Don't emit a CIE if there won't be any FDEs. */
1929 if (fde_table_in_use
== 0)
1932 /* If we don't have any functions we'll want to unwind out of, don't
1933 emit any EH unwind information. Note that if exceptions aren't
1934 enabled, we won't have collected nothrow information, and if we
1935 asked for asynchronous tables, we always want this info. */
1938 bool any_eh_needed
= !flag_exceptions
|| flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
;
1940 for (i
= 0; i
< fde_table_in_use
; i
++)
1941 if (fde_table
[i
].uses_eh_lsda
)
1942 any_eh_needed
= any_lsda_needed
= true;
1943 else if (! fde_table
[i
].nothrow
1944 && ! fde_table
[i
].all_throwers_are_sibcalls
)
1945 any_eh_needed
= true;
1947 if (! any_eh_needed
)
1951 /* We're going to be generating comments, so turn on app. */
1956 (*targetm
.asm_out
.eh_frame_section
) ();
1958 named_section_flags (DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
1960 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (section_start_label
, FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL
, for_eh
);
1961 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, section_start_label
);
1963 /* Output the CIE. */
1964 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, CIE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL
, for_eh
);
1965 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2
, CIE_END_LABEL
, for_eh
);
1966 dw2_asm_output_delta (for_eh
? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, l2
, l1
,
1967 "Length of Common Information Entry");
1968 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l1
);
1970 /* Now that the CIE pointer is PC-relative for EH,
1971 use 0 to identify the CIE. */
1972 dw2_asm_output_data ((for_eh
? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
),
1973 (for_eh
? 0 : DW_CIE_ID
),
1974 "CIE Identifier Tag");
1976 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_CIE_VERSION
, "CIE Version");
1978 augmentation
[0] = 0;
1979 augmentation_size
= 0;
1985 z Indicates that a uleb128 is present to size the
1986 augmentation section.
1987 L Indicates the encoding (and thus presence) of
1988 an LSDA pointer in the FDE augmentation.
1989 R Indicates a non-default pointer encoding for
1991 P Indicates the presence of an encoding + language
1992 personality routine in the CIE augmentation. */
1994 fde_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0);
1995 per_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2, /*global=*/1);
1996 lsda_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0, /*global=*/0);
1998 p
= augmentation
+ 1;
1999 if (eh_personality_libfunc
)
2002 augmentation_size
+= 1 + size_of_encoded_value (per_encoding
);
2004 if (any_lsda_needed
)
2007 augmentation_size
+= 1;
2009 if (fde_encoding
!= DW_EH_PE_absptr
)
2012 augmentation_size
+= 1;
2014 if (p
> augmentation
+ 1)
2016 augmentation
[0] = 'z';
2020 /* Ug. Some platforms can't do unaligned dynamic relocations at all. */
2021 if (eh_personality_libfunc
&& per_encoding
== DW_EH_PE_aligned
)
2023 int offset
= ( 4 /* Length */
2025 + 1 /* CIE version */
2026 + strlen (augmentation
) + 1 /* Augmentation */
2027 + size_of_uleb128 (1) /* Code alignment */
2028 + size_of_sleb128 (DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
)
2030 + 1 /* Augmentation size */
2031 + 1 /* Personality encoding */ );
2032 int pad
= -offset
& (PTR_SIZE
- 1);
2034 augmentation_size
+= pad
;
2036 /* Augmentations should be small, so there's scarce need to
2037 iterate for a solution. Die if we exceed one uleb128 byte. */
2038 if (size_of_uleb128 (augmentation_size
) != 1)
2043 dw2_asm_output_nstring (augmentation
, -1, "CIE Augmentation");
2044 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, "CIE Code Alignment Factor");
2045 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
,
2046 "CIE Data Alignment Factor");
2047 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
, "CIE RA Column");
2049 if (augmentation
[0])
2051 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (augmentation_size
, "Augmentation size");
2052 if (eh_personality_libfunc
)
2054 dw2_asm_output_data (1, per_encoding
, "Personality (%s)",
2055 eh_data_format_name (per_encoding
));
2056 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (per_encoding
,
2057 eh_personality_libfunc
, NULL
);
2060 if (any_lsda_needed
)
2061 dw2_asm_output_data (1, lsda_encoding
, "LSDA Encoding (%s)",
2062 eh_data_format_name (lsda_encoding
));
2064 if (fde_encoding
!= DW_EH_PE_absptr
)
2065 dw2_asm_output_data (1, fde_encoding
, "FDE Encoding (%s)",
2066 eh_data_format_name (fde_encoding
));
2069 for (cfi
= cie_cfi_head
; cfi
!= NULL
; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
2070 output_cfi (cfi
, NULL
, for_eh
);
2072 /* Pad the CIE out to an address sized boundary. */
2073 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file
,
2074 floor_log2 (for_eh
? PTR_SIZE
: DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
));
2075 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l2
);
2077 /* Loop through all of the FDE's. */
2078 for (i
= 0; i
< fde_table_in_use
; i
++)
2080 fde
= &fde_table
[i
];
2082 /* Don't emit EH unwind info for leaf functions that don't need it. */
2083 if (for_eh
&& !flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
&& flag_exceptions
2084 && (fde
->nothrow
|| fde
->all_throwers_are_sibcalls
)
2085 && !fde
->uses_eh_lsda
)
2088 (*targetm
.asm_out
.internal_label
) (asm_out_file
, FDE_LABEL
, for_eh
+ i
* 2);
2089 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, FDE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL
, for_eh
+ i
* 2);
2090 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2
, FDE_END_LABEL
, for_eh
+ i
* 2);
2091 dw2_asm_output_delta (for_eh
? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, l2
, l1
,
2093 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l1
);
2096 dw2_asm_output_delta (4, l1
, section_start_label
, "FDE CIE offset");
2098 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, section_start_label
,
2103 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (fde_encoding
,
2104 gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode
, fde
->dw_fde_begin
),
2105 "FDE initial location");
2106 dw2_asm_output_delta (size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding
),
2107 fde
->dw_fde_end
, fde
->dw_fde_begin
,
2108 "FDE address range");
2112 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, fde
->dw_fde_begin
,
2113 "FDE initial location");
2114 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
2115 fde
->dw_fde_end
, fde
->dw_fde_begin
,
2116 "FDE address range");
2119 if (augmentation
[0])
2121 if (any_lsda_needed
)
2123 int size
= size_of_encoded_value (lsda_encoding
);
2125 if (lsda_encoding
== DW_EH_PE_aligned
)
2127 int offset
= ( 4 /* Length */
2128 + 4 /* CIE offset */
2129 + 2 * size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding
)
2130 + 1 /* Augmentation size */ );
2131 int pad
= -offset
& (PTR_SIZE
- 1);
2134 if (size_of_uleb128 (size
) != 1)
2138 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size
, "Augmentation size");
2140 if (fde
->uses_eh_lsda
)
2142 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, "LLSDA",
2143 fde
->funcdef_number
);
2144 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (
2145 lsda_encoding
, gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode
, l1
),
2146 "Language Specific Data Area");
2150 if (lsda_encoding
== DW_EH_PE_aligned
)
2151 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file
, floor_log2 (PTR_SIZE
));
2153 (size_of_encoded_value (lsda_encoding
), 0,
2154 "Language Specific Data Area (none)");
2158 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, "Augmentation size");
2161 /* Loop through the Call Frame Instructions associated with
2163 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= fde
->dw_fde_begin
;
2164 for (cfi
= fde
->dw_fde_cfi
; cfi
!= NULL
; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
2165 output_cfi (cfi
, fde
, for_eh
);
2167 /* Pad the FDE out to an address sized boundary. */
2168 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file
,
2169 floor_log2 ((for_eh
? PTR_SIZE
: DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)));
2170 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l2
);
2173 if (for_eh
&& targetm
.terminate_dw2_eh_frame_info
)
2174 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0, "End of Table");
2175 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
2176 /* Work around Irix 6 assembler bug whereby labels at the end of a section
2177 get a value of 0. Putting .align 0 after the label fixes it. */
2178 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file
, 0);
2181 /* Turn off app to make assembly quicker. */
2186 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of a function, before
2190 dwarf2out_begin_prologue (line
, file
)
2191 unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
2192 const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
2194 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
2197 current_function_func_begin_label
= 0;
2199 #ifdef IA64_UNWIND_INFO
2200 /* ??? current_function_func_begin_label is also used by except.c
2201 for call-site information. We must emit this label if it might
2203 if ((! flag_exceptions
|| USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS
)
2204 && ! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
2207 if (! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
2211 function_section (current_function_decl
);
2212 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
,
2213 current_function_funcdef_no
);
2214 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file
, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
,
2215 current_function_funcdef_no
);
2216 current_function_func_begin_label
= get_identifier (label
);
2218 #ifdef IA64_UNWIND_INFO
2219 /* We can elide the fde allocation if we're not emitting debug info. */
2220 if (! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
2224 /* Expand the fde table if necessary. */
2225 if (fde_table_in_use
== fde_table_allocated
)
2227 fde_table_allocated
+= FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
2228 fde_table
= ggc_realloc (fde_table
,
2229 fde_table_allocated
* sizeof (dw_fde_node
));
2230 memset (fde_table
+ fde_table_in_use
, 0,
2231 FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT
* sizeof (dw_fde_node
));
2234 /* Record the FDE associated with this function. */
2235 current_funcdef_fde
= fde_table_in_use
;
2237 /* Add the new FDE at the end of the fde_table. */
2238 fde
= &fde_table
[fde_table_in_use
++];
2239 fde
->dw_fde_begin
= xstrdup (label
);
2240 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= NULL
;
2241 fde
->dw_fde_end
= NULL
;
2242 fde
->dw_fde_cfi
= NULL
;
2243 fde
->funcdef_number
= current_function_funcdef_no
;
2244 fde
->nothrow
= current_function_nothrow
;
2245 fde
->uses_eh_lsda
= cfun
->uses_eh_lsda
;
2246 fde
->all_throwers_are_sibcalls
= cfun
->all_throwers_are_sibcalls
;
2248 args_size
= old_args_size
= 0;
2250 /* We only want to output line number information for the genuine dwarf2
2251 prologue case, not the eh frame case. */
2252 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
2254 dwarf2out_source_line (line
, file
);
2258 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the absolute end of the generated code
2259 for a function definition. This gets called *after* the epilogue code has
2263 dwarf2out_end_epilogue (line
, file
)
2264 unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
2265 const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
2268 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
2270 /* Output a label to mark the endpoint of the code generated for this
2272 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, FUNC_END_LABEL
,
2273 current_function_funcdef_no
);
2274 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, label
);
2275 fde
= &fde_table
[fde_table_in_use
- 1];
2276 fde
->dw_fde_end
= xstrdup (label
);
2280 dwarf2out_frame_init ()
2282 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the fde_table. */
2283 fde_table
= (dw_fde_ref
) ggc_alloc_cleared (FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT
2284 * sizeof (dw_fde_node
));
2285 fde_table_allocated
= FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
2286 fde_table_in_use
= 0;
2288 /* Generate the CFA instructions common to all FDE's. Do it now for the
2289 sake of lookup_cfa. */
2291 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
2292 /* On entry, the Canonical Frame Address is at SP. */
2293 dwarf2out_def_cfa (NULL
, STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
, INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET
);
2294 initial_return_save (INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX
);
2299 dwarf2out_frame_finish ()
2301 /* Output call frame information. */
2302 if (write_symbols
== DWARF2_DEBUG
|| write_symbols
== VMS_AND_DWARF2_DEBUG
)
2303 output_call_frame_info (0);
2305 if (! USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS
&& (flag_unwind_tables
|| flag_exceptions
))
2306 output_call_frame_info (1);
2310 /* And now, the subset of the debugging information support code necessary
2311 for emitting location expressions. */
2313 /* We need some way to distinguish DW_OP_addr with a direct symbol
2314 relocation from DW_OP_addr with a dtp-relative symbol relocation. */
2315 #define INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr (0x100 + DW_OP_addr)
2318 typedef struct dw_val_struct
*dw_val_ref
;
2319 typedef struct die_struct
*dw_die_ref
;
2320 typedef struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*dw_loc_descr_ref
;
2321 typedef struct dw_loc_list_struct
*dw_loc_list_ref
;
2323 /* Each DIE may have a series of attribute/value pairs. Values
2324 can take on several forms. The forms that are used in this
2325 implementation are listed below. */
2330 dw_val_class_offset
,
2332 dw_val_class_loc_list
,
2333 dw_val_class_range_list
,
2335 dw_val_class_unsigned_const
,
2336 dw_val_class_long_long
,
2339 dw_val_class_die_ref
,
2340 dw_val_class_fde_ref
,
2341 dw_val_class_lbl_id
,
2342 dw_val_class_lbl_offset
,
2346 /* Describe a double word constant value. */
2347 /* ??? Every instance of long_long in the code really means CONST_DOUBLE. */
2349 typedef struct dw_long_long_struct
GTY(())
2356 /* Describe a floating point constant value. */
2358 typedef struct dw_fp_struct
GTY(())
2360 long * GTY((length ("%h.length"))) array
;
2365 /* The dw_val_node describes an attribute's value, as it is
2366 represented internally. */
2368 typedef struct dw_val_struct
GTY(())
2370 enum dw_val_class val_class
;
2371 union dw_val_struct_union
2373 rtx
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_addr"))) val_addr
;
2374 long unsigned GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_offset"))) val_offset
;
2375 dw_loc_list_ref
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_loc_list"))) val_loc_list
;
2376 dw_loc_descr_ref
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_loc"))) val_loc
;
2377 long int GTY ((default (""))) val_int
;
2378 long unsigned GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_unsigned_const"))) val_unsigned
;
2379 dw_long_long_const
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_long_long"))) val_long_long
;
2380 dw_float_const
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_float"))) val_float
;
2381 struct dw_val_die_union
2385 } GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_die_ref"))) val_die_ref
;
2386 unsigned GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_fde_ref"))) val_fde_index
;
2387 struct indirect_string_node
* GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_str"))) val_str
;
2388 char * GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_lbl_id"))) val_lbl_id
;
2389 unsigned char GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_flag"))) val_flag
;
2391 GTY ((desc ("%1.val_class"))) v
;
2395 /* Locations in memory are described using a sequence of stack machine
2398 typedef struct dw_loc_descr_struct
GTY(())
2400 dw_loc_descr_ref dw_loc_next
;
2401 enum dwarf_location_atom dw_loc_opc
;
2402 dw_val_node dw_loc_oprnd1
;
2403 dw_val_node dw_loc_oprnd2
;
2408 /* Location lists are ranges + location descriptions for that range,
2409 so you can track variables that are in different places over
2410 their entire life. */
2411 typedef struct dw_loc_list_struct
GTY(())
2413 dw_loc_list_ref dw_loc_next
;
2414 const char *begin
; /* Label for begin address of range */
2415 const char *end
; /* Label for end address of range */
2416 char *ll_symbol
; /* Label for beginning of location list.
2417 Only on head of list */
2418 const char *section
; /* Section this loclist is relative to */
2419 dw_loc_descr_ref expr
;
2422 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
2424 static const char *dwarf_stack_op_name
PARAMS ((unsigned));
2425 static dw_loc_descr_ref new_loc_descr
PARAMS ((enum dwarf_location_atom
,
2428 static void add_loc_descr
PARAMS ((dw_loc_descr_ref
*,
2430 static unsigned long size_of_loc_descr
PARAMS ((dw_loc_descr_ref
));
2431 static unsigned long size_of_locs
PARAMS ((dw_loc_descr_ref
));
2432 static void output_loc_operands
PARAMS ((dw_loc_descr_ref
));
2433 static void output_loc_sequence
PARAMS ((dw_loc_descr_ref
));
2435 /* Convert a DWARF stack opcode into its string name. */
2438 dwarf_stack_op_name (op
)
2444 case INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr
:
2445 return "DW_OP_addr";
2447 return "DW_OP_deref";
2449 return "DW_OP_const1u";
2451 return "DW_OP_const1s";
2453 return "DW_OP_const2u";
2455 return "DW_OP_const2s";
2457 return "DW_OP_const4u";
2459 return "DW_OP_const4s";
2461 return "DW_OP_const8u";
2463 return "DW_OP_const8s";
2465 return "DW_OP_constu";
2467 return "DW_OP_consts";
2471 return "DW_OP_drop";
2473 return "DW_OP_over";
2475 return "DW_OP_pick";
2477 return "DW_OP_swap";
2481 return "DW_OP_xderef";
2489 return "DW_OP_minus";
2501 return "DW_OP_plus";
2502 case DW_OP_plus_uconst
:
2503 return "DW_OP_plus_uconst";
2509 return "DW_OP_shra";
2527 return "DW_OP_skip";
2529 return "DW_OP_lit0";
2531 return "DW_OP_lit1";
2533 return "DW_OP_lit2";
2535 return "DW_OP_lit3";
2537 return "DW_OP_lit4";
2539 return "DW_OP_lit5";
2541 return "DW_OP_lit6";
2543 return "DW_OP_lit7";
2545 return "DW_OP_lit8";
2547 return "DW_OP_lit9";
2549 return "DW_OP_lit10";
2551 return "DW_OP_lit11";
2553 return "DW_OP_lit12";
2555 return "DW_OP_lit13";
2557 return "DW_OP_lit14";
2559 return "DW_OP_lit15";
2561 return "DW_OP_lit16";
2563 return "DW_OP_lit17";
2565 return "DW_OP_lit18";
2567 return "DW_OP_lit19";
2569 return "DW_OP_lit20";
2571 return "DW_OP_lit21";
2573 return "DW_OP_lit22";
2575 return "DW_OP_lit23";
2577 return "DW_OP_lit24";
2579 return "DW_OP_lit25";
2581 return "DW_OP_lit26";
2583 return "DW_OP_lit27";
2585 return "DW_OP_lit28";
2587 return "DW_OP_lit29";
2589 return "DW_OP_lit30";
2591 return "DW_OP_lit31";
2593 return "DW_OP_reg0";
2595 return "DW_OP_reg1";
2597 return "DW_OP_reg2";
2599 return "DW_OP_reg3";
2601 return "DW_OP_reg4";
2603 return "DW_OP_reg5";
2605 return "DW_OP_reg6";
2607 return "DW_OP_reg7";
2609 return "DW_OP_reg8";
2611 return "DW_OP_reg9";
2613 return "DW_OP_reg10";
2615 return "DW_OP_reg11";
2617 return "DW_OP_reg12";
2619 return "DW_OP_reg13";
2621 return "DW_OP_reg14";
2623 return "DW_OP_reg15";
2625 return "DW_OP_reg16";
2627 return "DW_OP_reg17";
2629 return "DW_OP_reg18";
2631 return "DW_OP_reg19";
2633 return "DW_OP_reg20";
2635 return "DW_OP_reg21";
2637 return "DW_OP_reg22";
2639 return "DW_OP_reg23";
2641 return "DW_OP_reg24";
2643 return "DW_OP_reg25";
2645 return "DW_OP_reg26";
2647 return "DW_OP_reg27";
2649 return "DW_OP_reg28";
2651 return "DW_OP_reg29";
2653 return "DW_OP_reg30";
2655 return "DW_OP_reg31";
2657 return "DW_OP_breg0";
2659 return "DW_OP_breg1";
2661 return "DW_OP_breg2";
2663 return "DW_OP_breg3";
2665 return "DW_OP_breg4";
2667 return "DW_OP_breg5";
2669 return "DW_OP_breg6";
2671 return "DW_OP_breg7";
2673 return "DW_OP_breg8";
2675 return "DW_OP_breg9";
2677 return "DW_OP_breg10";
2679 return "DW_OP_breg11";
2681 return "DW_OP_breg12";
2683 return "DW_OP_breg13";
2685 return "DW_OP_breg14";
2687 return "DW_OP_breg15";
2689 return "DW_OP_breg16";
2691 return "DW_OP_breg17";
2693 return "DW_OP_breg18";
2695 return "DW_OP_breg19";
2697 return "DW_OP_breg20";
2699 return "DW_OP_breg21";
2701 return "DW_OP_breg22";
2703 return "DW_OP_breg23";
2705 return "DW_OP_breg24";
2707 return "DW_OP_breg25";
2709 return "DW_OP_breg26";
2711 return "DW_OP_breg27";
2713 return "DW_OP_breg28";
2715 return "DW_OP_breg29";
2717 return "DW_OP_breg30";
2719 return "DW_OP_breg31";
2721 return "DW_OP_regx";
2723 return "DW_OP_fbreg";
2725 return "DW_OP_bregx";
2727 return "DW_OP_piece";
2728 case DW_OP_deref_size
:
2729 return "DW_OP_deref_size";
2730 case DW_OP_xderef_size
:
2731 return "DW_OP_xderef_size";
2734 case DW_OP_push_object_address
:
2735 return "DW_OP_push_object_address";
2737 return "DW_OP_call2";
2739 return "DW_OP_call4";
2740 case DW_OP_call_ref
:
2741 return "DW_OP_call_ref";
2742 case DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address
:
2743 return "DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address";
2745 return "OP_<unknown>";
2749 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated location description. Location
2750 descriptions are simple expression terms that can be strung
2751 together to form more complicated location (address) descriptions. */
2753 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
2754 new_loc_descr (op
, oprnd1
, oprnd2
)
2755 enum dwarf_location_atom op
;
2756 unsigned long oprnd1
;
2757 unsigned long oprnd2
;
2759 dw_loc_descr_ref descr
2760 = (dw_loc_descr_ref
) ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (dw_loc_descr_node
));
2762 descr
->dw_loc_opc
= op
;
2763 descr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_unsigned_const
;
2764 descr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
= oprnd1
;
2765 descr
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.val_class
= dw_val_class_unsigned_const
;
2766 descr
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_unsigned
= oprnd2
;
2772 /* Add a location description term to a location description expression. */
2775 add_loc_descr (list_head
, descr
)
2776 dw_loc_descr_ref
*list_head
;
2777 dw_loc_descr_ref descr
;
2779 dw_loc_descr_ref
*d
;
2781 /* Find the end of the chain. */
2782 for (d
= list_head
; (*d
) != NULL
; d
= &(*d
)->dw_loc_next
)
2788 /* Return the size of a location descriptor. */
2790 static unsigned long
2791 size_of_loc_descr (loc
)
2792 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
2794 unsigned long size
= 1;
2796 switch (loc
->dw_loc_opc
)
2799 case INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr
:
2800 size
+= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
2819 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
2822 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
);
2827 case DW_OP_plus_uconst
:
2828 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
2866 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
);
2869 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
2872 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
);
2875 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
2876 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_int
);
2879 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
2881 case DW_OP_deref_size
:
2882 case DW_OP_xderef_size
:
2891 case DW_OP_call_ref
:
2892 size
+= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
2901 /* Return the size of a series of location descriptors. */
2903 static unsigned long
2905 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
2909 for (size
= 0; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
)
2911 loc
->dw_loc_addr
= size
;
2912 size
+= size_of_loc_descr (loc
);
2918 /* Output location description stack opcode's operands (if any). */
2921 output_loc_operands (loc
)
2922 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
2924 dw_val_ref val1
= &loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
;
2925 dw_val_ref val2
= &loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
;
2927 switch (loc
->dw_loc_opc
)
2929 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
2931 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, val1
->v
.val_addr
, NULL
);
2935 dw2_asm_output_data (2, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
2939 dw2_asm_output_data (4, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
2943 if (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG
< 64)
2945 dw2_asm_output_data (8, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
2952 if (val1
->val_class
== dw_val_class_loc
)
2953 offset
= val1
->v
.val_loc
->dw_loc_addr
- (loc
->dw_loc_addr
+ 3);
2957 dw2_asm_output_data (2, offset
, NULL
);
2970 /* We currently don't make any attempt to make sure these are
2971 aligned properly like we do for the main unwind info, so
2972 don't support emitting things larger than a byte if we're
2973 only doing unwinding. */
2978 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
2981 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
2984 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
2987 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
2989 case DW_OP_plus_uconst
:
2990 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
3024 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
3027 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
3030 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
3033 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
3034 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val2
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
3037 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
3039 case DW_OP_deref_size
:
3040 case DW_OP_xderef_size
:
3041 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
3044 case INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr
:
3045 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DTPREL
3046 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DTPREL (asm_out_file
, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
3048 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file
);
3055 /* Other codes have no operands. */
3060 /* Output a sequence of location operations. */
3063 output_loc_sequence (loc
)
3064 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
3066 for (; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
)
3068 /* Output the opcode. */
3069 dw2_asm_output_data (1, loc
->dw_loc_opc
,
3070 "%s", dwarf_stack_op_name (loc
->dw_loc_opc
));
3072 /* Output the operand(s) (if any). */
3073 output_loc_operands (loc
);
3077 /* This routine will generate the correct assembly data for a location
3078 description based on a cfi entry with a complex address. */
3081 output_cfa_loc (cfi
)
3084 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
3087 /* Output the size of the block. */
3088 loc
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_loc
;
3089 size
= size_of_locs (loc
);
3090 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size
, NULL
);
3092 /* Now output the operations themselves. */
3093 output_loc_sequence (loc
);
3096 /* This function builds a dwarf location descriptor sequence from
3097 a dw_cfa_location. */
3099 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*
3101 dw_cfa_location
*cfa
;
3103 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*head
, *tmp
;
3105 if (cfa
->indirect
== 0)
3108 if (cfa
->base_offset
)
3111 head
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_breg0
+ cfa
->reg
, cfa
->base_offset
, 0);
3113 head
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx
, cfa
->reg
, cfa
->base_offset
);
3115 else if (cfa
->reg
<= 31)
3116 head
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_reg0
+ cfa
->reg
, 0, 0);
3118 head
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_regx
, cfa
->reg
, 0);
3120 head
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_const
;
3121 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref
, 0, 0);
3122 add_loc_descr (&head
, tmp
);
3123 if (cfa
->offset
!= 0)
3125 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
, cfa
->offset
, 0);
3126 add_loc_descr (&head
, tmp
);
3132 /* This function fills in aa dw_cfa_location structure from a dwarf location
3133 descriptor sequence. */
3136 get_cfa_from_loc_descr (cfa
, loc
)
3137 dw_cfa_location
*cfa
;
3138 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*loc
;
3140 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*ptr
;
3142 cfa
->base_offset
= 0;
3146 for (ptr
= loc
; ptr
!= NULL
; ptr
= ptr
->dw_loc_next
)
3148 enum dwarf_location_atom op
= ptr
->dw_loc_opc
;
3184 cfa
->reg
= op
- DW_OP_reg0
;
3187 cfa
->reg
= ptr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
;
3221 cfa
->reg
= op
- DW_OP_breg0
;
3222 cfa
->base_offset
= ptr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
;
3225 cfa
->reg
= ptr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
;
3226 cfa
->base_offset
= ptr
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_int
;
3231 case DW_OP_plus_uconst
:
3232 cfa
->offset
= ptr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
;
3235 internal_error ("DW_LOC_OP %s not implemented\n",
3236 dwarf_stack_op_name (ptr
->dw_loc_opc
));
3240 #endif /* .debug_frame support */
3242 /* And now, the support for symbolic debugging information. */
3243 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3245 /* .debug_str support. */
3246 static int output_indirect_string
PARAMS ((void **, void *));
3248 static void dwarf2out_init
PARAMS ((const char *));
3249 static void dwarf2out_finish
PARAMS ((const char *));
3250 static void dwarf2out_define
PARAMS ((unsigned int, const char *));
3251 static void dwarf2out_undef
PARAMS ((unsigned int, const char *));
3252 static void dwarf2out_start_source_file
PARAMS ((unsigned, const char *));
3253 static void dwarf2out_end_source_file
PARAMS ((unsigned));
3254 static void dwarf2out_begin_block
PARAMS ((unsigned, unsigned));
3255 static void dwarf2out_end_block
PARAMS ((unsigned, unsigned));
3256 static bool dwarf2out_ignore_block
PARAMS ((tree
));
3257 static void dwarf2out_global_decl
PARAMS ((tree
));
3258 static void dwarf2out_abstract_function
PARAMS ((tree
));
3260 /* The debug hooks structure. */
3262 const struct gcc_debug_hooks dwarf2_debug_hooks
=
3268 dwarf2out_start_source_file
,
3269 dwarf2out_end_source_file
,
3270 dwarf2out_begin_block
,
3271 dwarf2out_end_block
,
3272 dwarf2out_ignore_block
,
3273 dwarf2out_source_line
,
3274 dwarf2out_begin_prologue
,
3275 debug_nothing_int_charstar
, /* end_prologue */
3276 dwarf2out_end_epilogue
,
3277 debug_nothing_tree
, /* begin_function */
3278 debug_nothing_int
, /* end_function */
3279 dwarf2out_decl
, /* function_decl */
3280 dwarf2out_global_decl
,
3281 debug_nothing_tree
, /* deferred_inline_function */
3282 /* The DWARF 2 backend tries to reduce debugging bloat by not
3283 emitting the abstract description of inline functions until
3284 something tries to reference them. */
3285 dwarf2out_abstract_function
, /* outlining_inline_function */
3286 debug_nothing_rtx
, /* label */
3287 debug_nothing_int
/* handle_pch */
3291 /* NOTE: In the comments in this file, many references are made to
3292 "Debugging Information Entries". This term is abbreviated as `DIE'
3293 throughout the remainder of this file. */
3295 /* An internal representation of the DWARF output is built, and then
3296 walked to generate the DWARF debugging info. The walk of the internal
3297 representation is done after the entire program has been compiled.
3298 The types below are used to describe the internal representation. */
3300 /* Various DIE's use offsets relative to the beginning of the
3301 .debug_info section to refer to each other. */
3303 typedef long int dw_offset
;
3305 /* Define typedefs here to avoid circular dependencies. */
3307 typedef struct dw_attr_struct
*dw_attr_ref
;
3308 typedef struct dw_line_info_struct
*dw_line_info_ref
;
3309 typedef struct dw_separate_line_info_struct
*dw_separate_line_info_ref
;
3310 typedef struct pubname_struct
*pubname_ref
;
3311 typedef struct dw_ranges_struct
*dw_ranges_ref
;
3313 /* Each entry in the line_info_table maintains the file and
3314 line number associated with the label generated for that
3315 entry. The label gives the PC value associated with
3316 the line number entry. */
3318 typedef struct dw_line_info_struct
GTY(())
3320 unsigned long dw_file_num
;
3321 unsigned long dw_line_num
;
3325 /* Line information for functions in separate sections; each one gets its
3327 typedef struct dw_separate_line_info_struct
GTY(())
3329 unsigned long dw_file_num
;
3330 unsigned long dw_line_num
;
3331 unsigned long function
;
3333 dw_separate_line_info_entry
;
3335 /* Each DIE attribute has a field specifying the attribute kind,
3336 a link to the next attribute in the chain, and an attribute value.
3337 Attributes are typically linked below the DIE they modify. */
3339 typedef struct dw_attr_struct
GTY(())
3341 enum dwarf_attribute dw_attr
;
3342 dw_attr_ref dw_attr_next
;
3343 dw_val_node dw_attr_val
;
3347 /* The Debugging Information Entry (DIE) structure */
3349 typedef struct die_struct
GTY(())
3351 enum dwarf_tag die_tag
;
3353 dw_attr_ref die_attr
;
3354 dw_die_ref die_parent
;
3355 dw_die_ref die_child
;
3357 dw_offset die_offset
;
3358 unsigned long die_abbrev
;
3363 /* The pubname structure */
3365 typedef struct pubname_struct
GTY(())
3372 struct dw_ranges_struct
GTY(())
3377 /* The limbo die list structure. */
3378 typedef struct limbo_die_struct
GTY(())
3382 struct limbo_die_struct
*next
;
3386 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
3387 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
3388 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
3391 /* Define a macro which returns nonzero for a TYPE_DECL which was
3392 implicitly generated for a tagged type.
3394 Note that unlike the gcc front end (which generates a NULL named
3395 TYPE_DECL node for each complete tagged type, each array type, and
3396 each function type node created) the g++ front end generates a
3397 _named_ TYPE_DECL node for each tagged type node created.
3398 These TYPE_DECLs have DECL_ARTIFICIAL set, so we know not to
3399 generate a DW_TAG_typedef DIE for them. */
3401 #define TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB(decl) \
3402 (DECL_NAME (decl) == NULL_TREE \
3403 || (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl) \
3404 && is_tagged_type (TREE_TYPE (decl)) \
3405 && ((decl == TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl))) \
3406 /* This is necessary for stub decls that \
3407 appear in nested inline functions. */ \
3408 || (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl) != NULL_TREE \
3409 && (decl_ultimate_origin (decl) \
3410 == TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl)))))))
3412 /* Information concerning the compilation unit's programming
3413 language, and compiler version. */
3415 /* Fixed size portion of the DWARF compilation unit header. */
3416 #define DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE \
3417 (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 3)
3419 /* Fixed size portion of public names info. */
3420 #define DWARF_PUBNAMES_HEADER_SIZE (2 * DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 2)
3422 /* Fixed size portion of the address range info. */
3423 #define DWARF_ARANGES_HEADER_SIZE \
3424 (DWARF_ROUND (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4, \
3425 DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * 2) \
3426 - DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE)
3428 /* Size of padding portion in the address range info. It must be
3429 aligned to twice the pointer size. */
3430 #define DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE \
3431 (DWARF_ROUND (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4, \
3432 DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * 2) \
3433 - (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4))
3435 /* Use assembler line directives if available. */
3436 #ifndef DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
3437 #ifdef HAVE_AS_DWARF2_DEBUG_LINE
3438 #define DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO 1
3440 #define DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO 0
3444 /* Minimum line offset in a special line info. opcode.
3445 This value was chosen to give a reasonable range of values. */
3446 #define DWARF_LINE_BASE -10
3448 /* First special line opcode - leave room for the standard opcodes. */
3449 #define DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE 10
3451 /* Range of line offsets in a special line info. opcode. */
3452 #define DWARF_LINE_RANGE (254-DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE+1)
3454 /* Flag that indicates the initial value of the is_stmt_start flag.
3455 In the present implementation, we do not mark any lines as
3456 the beginning of a source statement, because that information
3457 is not made available by the GCC front-end. */
3458 #define DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START 1
3460 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3461 /* This location is used by calc_die_sizes() to keep track
3462 the offset of each DIE within the .debug_info section. */
3463 static unsigned long next_die_offset
;
3466 /* Record the root of the DIE's built for the current compilation unit. */
3467 static GTY(()) dw_die_ref comp_unit_die
;
3469 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3470 /* We need special handling in dwarf2out_start_source_file if it is
3472 static int is_main_source
;
3475 /* A list of DIEs with a NULL parent waiting to be relocated. */
3476 static GTY(()) limbo_die_node
*limbo_die_list
;
3478 /* Filenames referenced by this compilation unit. */
3479 static GTY(()) varray_type file_table
;
3480 static GTY(()) varray_type file_table_emitted
;
3481 static GTY(()) size_t file_table_last_lookup_index
;
3483 /* A pointer to the base of a table of references to DIE's that describe
3484 declarations. The table is indexed by DECL_UID() which is a unique
3485 number identifying each decl. */
3486 static GTY((length ("decl_die_table_allocated"))) dw_die_ref
*decl_die_table
;
3488 /* Number of elements currently allocated for the decl_die_table. */
3489 static GTY(()) unsigned decl_die_table_allocated
;
3491 /* Number of elements in decl_die_table currently in use. */
3492 static GTY(()) unsigned decl_die_table_in_use
;
3494 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3496 #define DECL_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
3498 /* A pointer to the base of a list of references to DIE's that
3499 are uniquely identified by their tag, presence/absence of
3500 children DIE's, and list of attribute/value pairs. */
3501 static GTY((length ("abbrev_die_table_allocated")))
3502 dw_die_ref
*abbrev_die_table
;
3504 /* Number of elements currently allocated for abbrev_die_table. */
3505 static GTY(()) unsigned abbrev_die_table_allocated
;
3507 /* Number of elements in type_die_table currently in use. */
3508 static GTY(()) unsigned abbrev_die_table_in_use
;
3510 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3511 abbrev_die_table. */
3512 #define ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
3514 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains line information
3515 for each source code line in .text in the compilation unit. */
3516 static GTY((length ("line_info_table_allocated")))
3517 dw_line_info_ref line_info_table
;
3519 /* Number of elements currently allocated for line_info_table. */
3520 static GTY(()) unsigned line_info_table_allocated
;
3522 /* Number of elements in line_info_table currently in use. */
3523 static GTY(()) unsigned line_info_table_in_use
;
3525 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains line information
3526 for each source code line outside of .text in the compilation unit. */
3527 static GTY ((length ("separate_line_info_table_allocated")))
3528 dw_separate_line_info_ref separate_line_info_table
;
3530 /* Number of elements currently allocated for separate_line_info_table. */
3531 static GTY(()) unsigned separate_line_info_table_allocated
;
3533 /* Number of elements in separate_line_info_table currently in use. */
3534 static GTY(()) unsigned separate_line_info_table_in_use
;
3536 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3538 #define LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT 1024
3540 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains a list of publicly
3541 accessible names. */
3542 static GTY ((length ("pubname_table_allocated"))) pubname_ref pubname_table
;
3544 /* Number of elements currently allocated for pubname_table. */
3545 static GTY(()) unsigned pubname_table_allocated
;
3547 /* Number of elements in pubname_table currently in use. */
3548 static GTY(()) unsigned pubname_table_in_use
;
3550 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3552 #define PUBNAME_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
3554 /* Array of dies for which we should generate .debug_arange info. */
3555 static GTY((length ("arange_table_allocated"))) dw_die_ref
*arange_table
;
3557 /* Number of elements currently allocated for arange_table. */
3558 static GTY(()) unsigned arange_table_allocated
;
3560 /* Number of elements in arange_table currently in use. */
3561 static GTY(()) unsigned arange_table_in_use
;
3563 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3565 #define ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
3567 /* Array of dies for which we should generate .debug_ranges info. */
3568 static GTY ((length ("ranges_table_allocated"))) dw_ranges_ref ranges_table
;
3570 /* Number of elements currently allocated for ranges_table. */
3571 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_table_allocated
;
3573 /* Number of elements in ranges_table currently in use. */
3574 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_table_in_use
;
3576 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3578 #define RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
3580 /* Whether we have location lists that need outputting */
3581 static GTY(()) unsigned have_location_lists
;
3583 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3584 /* Record whether the function being analyzed contains inlined functions. */
3585 static int current_function_has_inlines
;
3587 #if 0 && defined (MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO)
3588 static int comp_unit_has_inlines
;
3591 /* Number of file tables emited in maybe_emit_file(). */
3592 static GTY(()) int emitcount
= 0;
3594 /* Number of internal labels generated by gen_internal_sym(). */
3595 static GTY(()) int label_num
;
3597 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3599 /* Forward declarations for functions defined in this file. */
3601 static int is_pseudo_reg
PARAMS ((rtx
));
3602 static tree type_main_variant
PARAMS ((tree
));
3603 static int is_tagged_type
PARAMS ((tree
));
3604 static const char *dwarf_tag_name
PARAMS ((unsigned));
3605 static const char *dwarf_attr_name
PARAMS ((unsigned));
3606 static const char *dwarf_form_name
PARAMS ((unsigned));
3608 static const char *dwarf_type_encoding_name
PARAMS ((unsigned));
3610 static tree decl_ultimate_origin
PARAMS ((tree
));
3611 static tree block_ultimate_origin
PARAMS ((tree
));
3612 static tree decl_class_context
PARAMS ((tree
));
3613 static void add_dwarf_attr
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, dw_attr_ref
));
3614 static inline enum dw_val_class AT_class
PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref
));
3615 static void add_AT_flag
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3616 enum dwarf_attribute
,
3618 static inline unsigned AT_flag
PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref
));
3619 static void add_AT_int
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3620 enum dwarf_attribute
, long));
3621 static inline long int AT_int
PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref
));
3622 static void add_AT_unsigned
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3623 enum dwarf_attribute
,
3625 static inline unsigned long AT_unsigned
PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref
));
3626 static void add_AT_long_long
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3627 enum dwarf_attribute
,
3630 static void add_AT_float
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3631 enum dwarf_attribute
,
3633 static hashval_t debug_str_do_hash
PARAMS ((const void *));
3634 static int debug_str_eq
PARAMS ((const void *, const void *));
3635 static void add_AT_string
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3636 enum dwarf_attribute
,
3638 static inline const char *AT_string
PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref
));
3639 static int AT_string_form
PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref
));
3640 static void add_AT_die_ref
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3641 enum dwarf_attribute
,
3643 static inline dw_die_ref AT_ref
PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref
));
3644 static inline int AT_ref_external
PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref
));
3645 static inline void set_AT_ref_external
PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref
, int));
3646 static void add_AT_fde_ref
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3647 enum dwarf_attribute
,
3649 static void add_AT_loc
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3650 enum dwarf_attribute
,
3652 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref AT_loc
PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref
));
3653 static void add_AT_loc_list
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3654 enum dwarf_attribute
,
3656 static inline dw_loc_list_ref AT_loc_list
PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref
));
3657 static void add_AT_addr
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3658 enum dwarf_attribute
,
3660 static inline rtx AT_addr
PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref
));
3661 static void add_AT_lbl_id
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3662 enum dwarf_attribute
,
3664 static void add_AT_lbl_offset
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3665 enum dwarf_attribute
,
3667 static void add_AT_offset
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3668 enum dwarf_attribute
,
3670 static void add_AT_range_list
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3671 enum dwarf_attribute
,
3673 static inline const char *AT_lbl
PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref
));
3674 static dw_attr_ref get_AT
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3675 enum dwarf_attribute
));
3676 static const char *get_AT_low_pc
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3677 static const char *get_AT_hi_pc
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3678 static const char *get_AT_string
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3679 enum dwarf_attribute
));
3680 static int get_AT_flag
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3681 enum dwarf_attribute
));
3682 static unsigned get_AT_unsigned
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3683 enum dwarf_attribute
));
3684 static inline dw_die_ref get_AT_ref
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3685 enum dwarf_attribute
));
3686 static bool is_c_family
PARAMS ((void));
3687 static bool is_cxx
PARAMS ((void));
3688 static bool is_java
PARAMS ((void));
3689 static bool is_fortran
PARAMS ((void));
3690 static bool is_ada
PARAMS ((void));
3691 static void remove_AT
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3692 enum dwarf_attribute
));
3693 static inline void free_die
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3694 static void remove_children
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3695 static void add_child_die
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
));
3696 static dw_die_ref new_die
PARAMS ((enum dwarf_tag
, dw_die_ref
,
3698 static dw_die_ref lookup_type_die
PARAMS ((tree
));
3699 static void equate_type_number_to_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3700 static dw_die_ref lookup_decl_die
PARAMS ((tree
));
3701 static void equate_decl_number_to_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3702 static void print_spaces
PARAMS ((FILE *));
3703 static void print_die
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, FILE *));
3704 static void print_dwarf_line_table
PARAMS ((FILE *));
3705 static void reverse_die_lists
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3706 static void reverse_all_dies
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3707 static dw_die_ref push_new_compile_unit
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
));
3708 static dw_die_ref pop_compile_unit
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3709 static void loc_checksum
PARAMS ((dw_loc_descr_ref
,
3711 static void attr_checksum
PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref
,
3714 static void die_checksum
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3717 static int same_loc_p
PARAMS ((dw_loc_descr_ref
,
3718 dw_loc_descr_ref
, int *));
3719 static int same_dw_val_p
PARAMS ((dw_val_node
*, dw_val_node
*,
3721 static int same_attr_p
PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref
, dw_attr_ref
, int *));
3722 static int same_die_p
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
, int *));
3723 static int same_die_p_wrap
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
));
3724 static void compute_section_prefix
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3725 static int is_type_die
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3726 static int is_comdat_die
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3727 static int is_symbol_die
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3728 static void assign_symbol_names
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3729 static void break_out_includes
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3730 static hashval_t htab_cu_hash
PARAMS ((const void *));
3731 static int htab_cu_eq
PARAMS ((const void *, const void *));
3732 static void htab_cu_del
PARAMS ((void *));
3733 static int check_duplicate_cu
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, htab_t
, unsigned *));
3734 static void record_comdat_symbol_number
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, htab_t
, unsigned));
3735 static void add_sibling_attributes
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3736 static void build_abbrev_table
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3737 static void output_location_lists
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3738 static int constant_size
PARAMS ((long unsigned));
3739 static unsigned long size_of_die
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3740 static void calc_die_sizes
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3741 static void mark_dies
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3742 static void unmark_dies
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3743 static void unmark_all_dies
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3744 static unsigned long size_of_pubnames
PARAMS ((void));
3745 static unsigned long size_of_aranges
PARAMS ((void));
3746 static enum dwarf_form value_format
PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref
));
3747 static void output_value_format
PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref
));
3748 static void output_abbrev_section
PARAMS ((void));
3749 static void output_die_symbol
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3750 static void output_die
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3751 static void output_compilation_unit_header
PARAMS ((void));
3752 static void output_comp_unit
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, int));
3753 static const char *dwarf2_name
PARAMS ((tree
, int));
3754 static void add_pubname
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3755 static void output_pubnames
PARAMS ((void));
3756 static void add_arange
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3757 static void output_aranges
PARAMS ((void));
3758 static unsigned int add_ranges
PARAMS ((tree
));
3759 static void output_ranges
PARAMS ((void));
3760 static void output_line_info
PARAMS ((void));
3761 static void output_file_names
PARAMS ((void));
3762 static dw_die_ref base_type_die
PARAMS ((tree
));
3763 static tree root_type
PARAMS ((tree
));
3764 static int is_base_type
PARAMS ((tree
));
3765 static bool is_ada_subrange_type
PARAMS ((tree
));
3766 static dw_die_ref subrange_type_die
PARAMS ((tree
));
3767 static dw_die_ref modified_type_die
PARAMS ((tree
, int, int, dw_die_ref
));
3768 static int type_is_enum
PARAMS ((tree
));
3769 static unsigned int reg_number
PARAMS ((rtx
));
3770 static dw_loc_descr_ref reg_loc_descriptor
PARAMS ((rtx
));
3771 static dw_loc_descr_ref one_reg_loc_descriptor
PARAMS ((unsigned int));
3772 static dw_loc_descr_ref multiple_reg_loc_descriptor
PARAMS ((rtx
, rtx
));
3773 static dw_loc_descr_ref int_loc_descriptor
PARAMS ((HOST_WIDE_INT
));
3774 static dw_loc_descr_ref based_loc_descr
PARAMS ((unsigned, long));
3775 static int is_based_loc
PARAMS ((rtx
));
3776 static dw_loc_descr_ref mem_loc_descriptor
PARAMS ((rtx
, enum machine_mode mode
));
3777 static dw_loc_descr_ref concat_loc_descriptor
PARAMS ((rtx
, rtx
));
3778 static dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descriptor
PARAMS ((rtx
));
3779 static dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descriptor_from_tree
PARAMS ((tree
, int));
3780 static HOST_WIDE_INT ceiling
PARAMS ((HOST_WIDE_INT
, unsigned int));
3781 static tree field_type
PARAMS ((tree
));
3782 static unsigned int simple_type_align_in_bits
PARAMS ((tree
));
3783 static unsigned int simple_decl_align_in_bits
PARAMS ((tree
));
3784 static unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT simple_type_size_in_bits
PARAMS ((tree
));
3785 static HOST_WIDE_INT field_byte_offset
PARAMS ((tree
));
3786 static void add_AT_location_description
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3787 enum dwarf_attribute
,
3789 static void add_data_member_location_attribute
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, tree
));
3790 static void add_const_value_attribute
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, rtx
));
3791 static rtx rtl_for_decl_location
PARAMS ((tree
));
3792 static void add_location_or_const_value_attribute
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, tree
));
3793 static void tree_add_const_value_attribute
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, tree
));
3794 static void add_name_attribute
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, const char *));
3795 static void add_comp_dir_attribute
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3796 static void add_bound_info
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3797 enum dwarf_attribute
, tree
));
3798 static void add_subscript_info
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, tree
));
3799 static void add_byte_size_attribute
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, tree
));
3800 static void add_bit_offset_attribute
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, tree
));
3801 static void add_bit_size_attribute
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, tree
));
3802 static void add_prototyped_attribute
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, tree
));
3803 static void add_abstract_origin_attribute
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, tree
));
3804 static void add_pure_or_virtual_attribute
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, tree
));
3805 static void add_src_coords_attributes
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, tree
));
3806 static void add_name_and_src_coords_attributes
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, tree
));
3807 static void push_decl_scope
PARAMS ((tree
));
3808 static void pop_decl_scope
PARAMS ((void));
3809 static dw_die_ref scope_die_for
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3810 static inline int local_scope_p
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3811 static inline int class_scope_p
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3812 static void add_type_attribute
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, tree
, int, int,
3814 static const char *type_tag
PARAMS ((tree
));
3815 static tree member_declared_type
PARAMS ((tree
));
3817 static const char *decl_start_label
PARAMS ((tree
));
3819 static void gen_array_type_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3820 static void gen_set_type_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3822 static void gen_entry_point_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3824 static void gen_inlined_enumeration_type_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3825 static void gen_inlined_structure_type_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3826 static void gen_inlined_union_type_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3827 static void gen_enumeration_type_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3828 static dw_die_ref gen_formal_parameter_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3829 static void gen_unspecified_parameters_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3830 static void gen_formal_types_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3831 static void gen_subprogram_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3832 static void gen_variable_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3833 static void gen_label_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3834 static void gen_lexical_block_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
, int));
3835 static void gen_inlined_subroutine_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
, int));
3836 static void gen_field_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3837 static void gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3838 static dw_die_ref gen_compile_unit_die
PARAMS ((const char *));
3839 static void gen_string_type_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3840 static void gen_inheritance_die
PARAMS ((tree
, tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3841 static void gen_member_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3842 static void gen_struct_or_union_type_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3843 static void gen_subroutine_type_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3844 static void gen_typedef_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3845 static void gen_type_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3846 static void gen_tagged_type_instantiation_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3847 static void gen_block_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
, int));
3848 static void decls_for_scope
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
, int));
3849 static int is_redundant_typedef
PARAMS ((tree
));
3850 static void gen_decl_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3851 static unsigned lookup_filename
PARAMS ((const char *));
3852 static void init_file_table
PARAMS ((void));
3853 static void retry_incomplete_types
PARAMS ((void));
3854 static void gen_type_die_for_member
PARAMS ((tree
, tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3855 static void splice_child_die
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
));
3856 static int file_info_cmp
PARAMS ((const void *, const void *));
3857 static dw_loc_list_ref new_loc_list
PARAMS ((dw_loc_descr_ref
,
3858 const char *, const char *,
3859 const char *, unsigned));
3860 static void add_loc_descr_to_loc_list
PARAMS ((dw_loc_list_ref
*,
3862 const char *, const char *, const char *));
3863 static void output_loc_list
PARAMS ((dw_loc_list_ref
));
3864 static char *gen_internal_sym
PARAMS ((const char *));
3866 static void prune_unmark_dies
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3867 static void prune_unused_types_mark
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, int));
3868 static void prune_unused_types_walk
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3869 static void prune_unused_types_walk_attribs
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3870 static void prune_unused_types_prune
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3871 static void prune_unused_types
PARAMS ((void));
3872 static int maybe_emit_file
PARAMS ((int));
3874 /* Section names used to hold DWARF debugging information. */
3875 #ifndef DEBUG_INFO_SECTION
3876 #define DEBUG_INFO_SECTION ".debug_info"
3878 #ifndef DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION
3879 #define DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION ".debug_abbrev"
3881 #ifndef DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION
3882 #define DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION ".debug_aranges"
3884 #ifndef DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
3885 #define DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION ".debug_macinfo"
3887 #ifndef DEBUG_LINE_SECTION
3888 #define DEBUG_LINE_SECTION ".debug_line"
3890 #ifndef DEBUG_LOC_SECTION
3891 #define DEBUG_LOC_SECTION ".debug_loc"
3893 #ifndef DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION
3894 #define DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION ".debug_pubnames"
3896 #ifndef DEBUG_STR_SECTION
3897 #define DEBUG_STR_SECTION ".debug_str"
3899 #ifndef DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION
3900 #define DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION ".debug_ranges"
3903 /* Standard ELF section names for compiled code and data. */
3904 #ifndef TEXT_SECTION_NAME
3905 #define TEXT_SECTION_NAME ".text"
3908 /* Section flags for .debug_str section. */
3909 #ifdef HAVE_GAS_SHF_MERGE
3910 #define DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS \
3911 (flag_merge_constants \
3912 ? SECTION_DEBUG | SECTION_MERGE | SECTION_STRINGS | 1 \
3915 #define DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS SECTION_DEBUG
3918 /* Labels we insert at beginning sections we can reference instead of
3919 the section names themselves. */
3921 #ifndef TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
3922 #define TEXT_SECTION_LABEL "Ltext"
3924 #ifndef DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL
3925 #define DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_line"
3927 #ifndef DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL
3928 #define DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_info"
3930 #ifndef DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL
3931 #define DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_abbrev"
3933 #ifndef DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL
3934 #define DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_loc"
3936 #ifndef DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL
3937 #define DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_ranges"
3939 #ifndef DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL
3940 #define DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_macinfo"
3943 /* Definitions of defaults for formats and names of various special
3944 (artificial) labels which may be generated within this file (when the -g
3945 options is used and DWARF_DEBUGGING_INFO is in effect.
3946 If necessary, these may be overridden from within the tm.h file, but
3947 typically, overriding these defaults is unnecessary. */
3949 static char text_end_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
3950 static char text_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
3951 static char abbrev_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
3952 static char debug_info_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
3953 static char debug_line_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
3954 static char macinfo_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
3955 static char loc_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
3956 static char ranges_section_label
[2 * MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
3958 #ifndef TEXT_END_LABEL
3959 #define TEXT_END_LABEL "Letext"
3961 #ifndef BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
3962 #define BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL "LBB"
3964 #ifndef BLOCK_END_LABEL
3965 #define BLOCK_END_LABEL "LBE"
3967 #ifndef LINE_CODE_LABEL
3968 #define LINE_CODE_LABEL "LM"
3970 #ifndef SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL
3971 #define SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL "LSM"
3974 /* We allow a language front-end to designate a function that is to be
3975 called to "demangle" any name before it it put into a DIE. */
3977 static const char *(*demangle_name_func
) PARAMS ((const char *));
3980 dwarf2out_set_demangle_name_func (func
)
3981 const char *(*func
) PARAMS ((const char *));
3983 demangle_name_func
= func
;
3986 /* Test if rtl node points to a pseudo register. */
3992 return ((GET_CODE (rtl
) == REG
&& REGNO (rtl
) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
)
3993 || (GET_CODE (rtl
) == SUBREG
3994 && REGNO (SUBREG_REG (rtl
)) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
));
3997 /* Return a reference to a type, with its const and volatile qualifiers
4001 type_main_variant (type
)
4004 type
= TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type
);
4006 /* ??? There really should be only one main variant among any group of
4007 variants of a given type (and all of the MAIN_VARIANT values for all
4008 members of the group should point to that one type) but sometimes the C
4009 front-end messes this up for array types, so we work around that bug
4011 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
)
4012 while (type
!= TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type
))
4013 type
= TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type
);
4018 /* Return nonzero if the given type node represents a tagged type. */
4021 is_tagged_type (type
)
4024 enum tree_code code
= TREE_CODE (type
);
4026 return (code
== RECORD_TYPE
|| code
== UNION_TYPE
4027 || code
== QUAL_UNION_TYPE
|| code
== ENUMERAL_TYPE
);
4030 /* Convert a DIE tag into its string name. */
4033 dwarf_tag_name (tag
)
4038 case DW_TAG_padding
:
4039 return "DW_TAG_padding";
4040 case DW_TAG_array_type
:
4041 return "DW_TAG_array_type";
4042 case DW_TAG_class_type
:
4043 return "DW_TAG_class_type";
4044 case DW_TAG_entry_point
:
4045 return "DW_TAG_entry_point";
4046 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type
:
4047 return "DW_TAG_enumeration_type";
4048 case DW_TAG_formal_parameter
:
4049 return "DW_TAG_formal_parameter";
4050 case DW_TAG_imported_declaration
:
4051 return "DW_TAG_imported_declaration";
4053 return "DW_TAG_label";
4054 case DW_TAG_lexical_block
:
4055 return "DW_TAG_lexical_block";
4057 return "DW_TAG_member";
4058 case DW_TAG_pointer_type
:
4059 return "DW_TAG_pointer_type";
4060 case DW_TAG_reference_type
:
4061 return "DW_TAG_reference_type";
4062 case DW_TAG_compile_unit
:
4063 return "DW_TAG_compile_unit";
4064 case DW_TAG_string_type
:
4065 return "DW_TAG_string_type";
4066 case DW_TAG_structure_type
:
4067 return "DW_TAG_structure_type";
4068 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type
:
4069 return "DW_TAG_subroutine_type";
4070 case DW_TAG_typedef
:
4071 return "DW_TAG_typedef";
4072 case DW_TAG_union_type
:
4073 return "DW_TAG_union_type";
4074 case DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters
:
4075 return "DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters";
4076 case DW_TAG_variant
:
4077 return "DW_TAG_variant";
4078 case DW_TAG_common_block
:
4079 return "DW_TAG_common_block";
4080 case DW_TAG_common_inclusion
:
4081 return "DW_TAG_common_inclusion";
4082 case DW_TAG_inheritance
:
4083 return "DW_TAG_inheritance";
4084 case DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine
:
4085 return "DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine";
4087 return "DW_TAG_module";
4088 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type
:
4089 return "DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type";
4090 case DW_TAG_set_type
:
4091 return "DW_TAG_set_type";
4092 case DW_TAG_subrange_type
:
4093 return "DW_TAG_subrange_type";
4094 case DW_TAG_with_stmt
:
4095 return "DW_TAG_with_stmt";
4096 case DW_TAG_access_declaration
:
4097 return "DW_TAG_access_declaration";
4098 case DW_TAG_base_type
:
4099 return "DW_TAG_base_type";
4100 case DW_TAG_catch_block
:
4101 return "DW_TAG_catch_block";
4102 case DW_TAG_const_type
:
4103 return "DW_TAG_const_type";
4104 case DW_TAG_constant
:
4105 return "DW_TAG_constant";
4106 case DW_TAG_enumerator
:
4107 return "DW_TAG_enumerator";
4108 case DW_TAG_file_type
:
4109 return "DW_TAG_file_type";
4111 return "DW_TAG_friend";
4112 case DW_TAG_namelist
:
4113 return "DW_TAG_namelist";
4114 case DW_TAG_namelist_item
:
4115 return "DW_TAG_namelist_item";
4116 case DW_TAG_packed_type
:
4117 return "DW_TAG_packed_type";
4118 case DW_TAG_subprogram
:
4119 return "DW_TAG_subprogram";
4120 case DW_TAG_template_type_param
:
4121 return "DW_TAG_template_type_param";
4122 case DW_TAG_template_value_param
:
4123 return "DW_TAG_template_value_param";
4124 case DW_TAG_thrown_type
:
4125 return "DW_TAG_thrown_type";
4126 case DW_TAG_try_block
:
4127 return "DW_TAG_try_block";
4128 case DW_TAG_variant_part
:
4129 return "DW_TAG_variant_part";
4130 case DW_TAG_variable
:
4131 return "DW_TAG_variable";
4132 case DW_TAG_volatile_type
:
4133 return "DW_TAG_volatile_type";
4134 case DW_TAG_MIPS_loop
:
4135 return "DW_TAG_MIPS_loop";
4136 case DW_TAG_format_label
:
4137 return "DW_TAG_format_label";
4138 case DW_TAG_function_template
:
4139 return "DW_TAG_function_template";
4140 case DW_TAG_class_template
:
4141 return "DW_TAG_class_template";
4142 case DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
:
4143 return "DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL";
4144 case DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL
:
4145 return "DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL";
4147 return "DW_TAG_<unknown>";
4151 /* Convert a DWARF attribute code into its string name. */
4154 dwarf_attr_name (attr
)
4160 return "DW_AT_sibling";
4161 case DW_AT_location
:
4162 return "DW_AT_location";
4164 return "DW_AT_name";
4165 case DW_AT_ordering
:
4166 return "DW_AT_ordering";
4167 case DW_AT_subscr_data
:
4168 return "DW_AT_subscr_data";
4169 case DW_AT_byte_size
:
4170 return "DW_AT_byte_size";
4171 case DW_AT_bit_offset
:
4172 return "DW_AT_bit_offset";
4173 case DW_AT_bit_size
:
4174 return "DW_AT_bit_size";
4175 case DW_AT_element_list
:
4176 return "DW_AT_element_list";
4177 case DW_AT_stmt_list
:
4178 return "DW_AT_stmt_list";
4180 return "DW_AT_low_pc";
4182 return "DW_AT_high_pc";
4183 case DW_AT_language
:
4184 return "DW_AT_language";
4186 return "DW_AT_member";
4188 return "DW_AT_discr";
4189 case DW_AT_discr_value
:
4190 return "DW_AT_discr_value";
4191 case DW_AT_visibility
:
4192 return "DW_AT_visibility";
4194 return "DW_AT_import";
4195 case DW_AT_string_length
:
4196 return "DW_AT_string_length";
4197 case DW_AT_common_reference
:
4198 return "DW_AT_common_reference";
4199 case DW_AT_comp_dir
:
4200 return "DW_AT_comp_dir";
4201 case DW_AT_const_value
:
4202 return "DW_AT_const_value";
4203 case DW_AT_containing_type
:
4204 return "DW_AT_containing_type";
4205 case DW_AT_default_value
:
4206 return "DW_AT_default_value";
4208 return "DW_AT_inline";
4209 case DW_AT_is_optional
:
4210 return "DW_AT_is_optional";
4211 case DW_AT_lower_bound
:
4212 return "DW_AT_lower_bound";
4213 case DW_AT_producer
:
4214 return "DW_AT_producer";
4215 case DW_AT_prototyped
:
4216 return "DW_AT_prototyped";
4217 case DW_AT_return_addr
:
4218 return "DW_AT_return_addr";
4219 case DW_AT_start_scope
:
4220 return "DW_AT_start_scope";
4221 case DW_AT_stride_size
:
4222 return "DW_AT_stride_size";
4223 case DW_AT_upper_bound
:
4224 return "DW_AT_upper_bound";
4225 case DW_AT_abstract_origin
:
4226 return "DW_AT_abstract_origin";
4227 case DW_AT_accessibility
:
4228 return "DW_AT_accessibility";
4229 case DW_AT_address_class
:
4230 return "DW_AT_address_class";
4231 case DW_AT_artificial
:
4232 return "DW_AT_artificial";
4233 case DW_AT_base_types
:
4234 return "DW_AT_base_types";
4235 case DW_AT_calling_convention
:
4236 return "DW_AT_calling_convention";
4238 return "DW_AT_count";
4239 case DW_AT_data_member_location
:
4240 return "DW_AT_data_member_location";
4241 case DW_AT_decl_column
:
4242 return "DW_AT_decl_column";
4243 case DW_AT_decl_file
:
4244 return "DW_AT_decl_file";
4245 case DW_AT_decl_line
:
4246 return "DW_AT_decl_line";
4247 case DW_AT_declaration
:
4248 return "DW_AT_declaration";
4249 case DW_AT_discr_list
:
4250 return "DW_AT_discr_list";
4251 case DW_AT_encoding
:
4252 return "DW_AT_encoding";
4253 case DW_AT_external
:
4254 return "DW_AT_external";
4255 case DW_AT_frame_base
:
4256 return "DW_AT_frame_base";
4258 return "DW_AT_friend";
4259 case DW_AT_identifier_case
:
4260 return "DW_AT_identifier_case";
4261 case DW_AT_macro_info
:
4262 return "DW_AT_macro_info";
4263 case DW_AT_namelist_items
:
4264 return "DW_AT_namelist_items";
4265 case DW_AT_priority
:
4266 return "DW_AT_priority";
4268 return "DW_AT_segment";
4269 case DW_AT_specification
:
4270 return "DW_AT_specification";
4271 case DW_AT_static_link
:
4272 return "DW_AT_static_link";
4274 return "DW_AT_type";
4275 case DW_AT_use_location
:
4276 return "DW_AT_use_location";
4277 case DW_AT_variable_parameter
:
4278 return "DW_AT_variable_parameter";
4279 case DW_AT_virtuality
:
4280 return "DW_AT_virtuality";
4281 case DW_AT_vtable_elem_location
:
4282 return "DW_AT_vtable_elem_location";
4284 case DW_AT_allocated
:
4285 return "DW_AT_allocated";
4286 case DW_AT_associated
:
4287 return "DW_AT_associated";
4288 case DW_AT_data_location
:
4289 return "DW_AT_data_location";
4291 return "DW_AT_stride";
4292 case DW_AT_entry_pc
:
4293 return "DW_AT_entry_pc";
4294 case DW_AT_use_UTF8
:
4295 return "DW_AT_use_UTF8";
4296 case DW_AT_extension
:
4297 return "DW_AT_extension";
4299 return "DW_AT_ranges";
4300 case DW_AT_trampoline
:
4301 return "DW_AT_trampoline";
4302 case DW_AT_call_column
:
4303 return "DW_AT_call_column";
4304 case DW_AT_call_file
:
4305 return "DW_AT_call_file";
4306 case DW_AT_call_line
:
4307 return "DW_AT_call_line";
4309 case DW_AT_MIPS_fde
:
4310 return "DW_AT_MIPS_fde";
4311 case DW_AT_MIPS_loop_begin
:
4312 return "DW_AT_MIPS_loop_begin";
4313 case DW_AT_MIPS_tail_loop_begin
:
4314 return "DW_AT_MIPS_tail_loop_begin";
4315 case DW_AT_MIPS_epilog_begin
:
4316 return "DW_AT_MIPS_epilog_begin";
4317 case DW_AT_MIPS_loop_unroll_factor
:
4318 return "DW_AT_MIPS_loop_unroll_factor";
4319 case DW_AT_MIPS_software_pipeline_depth
:
4320 return "DW_AT_MIPS_software_pipeline_depth";
4321 case DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name
:
4322 return "DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name";
4323 case DW_AT_MIPS_stride
:
4324 return "DW_AT_MIPS_stride";
4325 case DW_AT_MIPS_abstract_name
:
4326 return "DW_AT_MIPS_abstract_name";
4327 case DW_AT_MIPS_clone_origin
:
4328 return "DW_AT_MIPS_clone_origin";
4329 case DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines
:
4330 return "DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines";
4332 case DW_AT_sf_names
:
4333 return "DW_AT_sf_names";
4334 case DW_AT_src_info
:
4335 return "DW_AT_src_info";
4336 case DW_AT_mac_info
:
4337 return "DW_AT_mac_info";
4338 case DW_AT_src_coords
:
4339 return "DW_AT_src_coords";
4340 case DW_AT_body_begin
:
4341 return "DW_AT_body_begin";
4342 case DW_AT_body_end
:
4343 return "DW_AT_body_end";
4344 case DW_AT_GNU_vector
:
4345 return "DW_AT_GNU_vector";
4347 case DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address
:
4348 return "DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address";
4351 return "DW_AT_<unknown>";
4355 /* Convert a DWARF value form code into its string name. */
4358 dwarf_form_name (form
)
4364 return "DW_FORM_addr";
4365 case DW_FORM_block2
:
4366 return "DW_FORM_block2";
4367 case DW_FORM_block4
:
4368 return "DW_FORM_block4";
4370 return "DW_FORM_data2";
4372 return "DW_FORM_data4";
4374 return "DW_FORM_data8";
4375 case DW_FORM_string
:
4376 return "DW_FORM_string";
4378 return "DW_FORM_block";
4379 case DW_FORM_block1
:
4380 return "DW_FORM_block1";
4382 return "DW_FORM_data1";
4384 return "DW_FORM_flag";
4386 return "DW_FORM_sdata";
4388 return "DW_FORM_strp";
4390 return "DW_FORM_udata";
4391 case DW_FORM_ref_addr
:
4392 return "DW_FORM_ref_addr";
4394 return "DW_FORM_ref1";
4396 return "DW_FORM_ref2";
4398 return "DW_FORM_ref4";
4400 return "DW_FORM_ref8";
4401 case DW_FORM_ref_udata
:
4402 return "DW_FORM_ref_udata";
4403 case DW_FORM_indirect
:
4404 return "DW_FORM_indirect";
4406 return "DW_FORM_<unknown>";
4410 /* Convert a DWARF type code into its string name. */
4414 dwarf_type_encoding_name (enc
)
4419 case DW_ATE_address
:
4420 return "DW_ATE_address";
4421 case DW_ATE_boolean
:
4422 return "DW_ATE_boolean";
4423 case DW_ATE_complex_float
:
4424 return "DW_ATE_complex_float";
4426 return "DW_ATE_float";
4428 return "DW_ATE_signed";
4429 case DW_ATE_signed_char
:
4430 return "DW_ATE_signed_char";
4431 case DW_ATE_unsigned
:
4432 return "DW_ATE_unsigned";
4433 case DW_ATE_unsigned_char
:
4434 return "DW_ATE_unsigned_char";
4436 return "DW_ATE_<unknown>";
4441 /* Determine the "ultimate origin" of a decl. The decl may be an inlined
4442 instance of an inlined instance of a decl which is local to an inline
4443 function, so we have to trace all of the way back through the origin chain
4444 to find out what sort of node actually served as the original seed for the
4448 decl_ultimate_origin (decl
)
4451 /* output_inline_function sets DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for all the
4452 nodes in the function to point to themselves; ignore that if
4453 we're trying to output the abstract instance of this function. */
4454 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
) && DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl
) == decl
)
4457 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
4458 if (DECL_FROM_INLINE (DECL_ORIGIN (decl
)))
4459 /* Since the DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for a DECL is supposed to be the
4460 most distant ancestor, this should never happen. */
4464 return DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl
);
4467 /* Determine the "ultimate origin" of a block. The block may be an inlined
4468 instance of an inlined instance of a block which is local to an inline
4469 function, so we have to trace all of the way back through the origin chain
4470 to find out what sort of node actually served as the original seed for the
4474 block_ultimate_origin (block
)
4477 tree immediate_origin
= BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (block
);
4479 /* output_inline_function sets BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for all the
4480 nodes in the function to point to themselves; ignore that if
4481 we're trying to output the abstract instance of this function. */
4482 if (BLOCK_ABSTRACT (block
) && immediate_origin
== block
)
4485 if (immediate_origin
== NULL_TREE
)
4490 tree lookahead
= immediate_origin
;
4494 ret_val
= lookahead
;
4495 lookahead
= (TREE_CODE (ret_val
) == BLOCK
4496 ? BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (ret_val
) : NULL
);
4498 while (lookahead
!= NULL
&& lookahead
!= ret_val
);
4504 /* Get the class to which DECL belongs, if any. In g++, the DECL_CONTEXT
4505 of a virtual function may refer to a base class, so we check the 'this'
4509 decl_class_context (decl
)
4512 tree context
= NULL_TREE
;
4514 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) != FUNCTION_DECL
|| ! DECL_VINDEX (decl
))
4515 context
= DECL_CONTEXT (decl
);
4517 context
= TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT
4518 (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (TYPE_ARG_TYPES (TREE_TYPE (decl
)))));
4520 if (context
&& !TYPE_P (context
))
4521 context
= NULL_TREE
;
4526 /* Add an attribute/value pair to a DIE. We build the lists up in reverse
4527 addition order, and correct that in reverse_all_dies. */
4530 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
)
4534 if (die
!= NULL
&& attr
!= NULL
)
4536 attr
->dw_attr_next
= die
->die_attr
;
4537 die
->die_attr
= attr
;
4541 static inline enum dw_val_class
4545 return a
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
;
4548 /* Add a flag value attribute to a DIE. */
4551 add_AT_flag (die
, attr_kind
, flag
)
4553 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
;
4556 dw_attr_ref attr
= (dw_attr_ref
) ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4558 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4559 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4560 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_flag
;
4561 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_flag
= flag
;
4562 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4565 static inline unsigned
4569 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_flag
)
4570 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_flag
;
4575 /* Add a signed integer attribute value to a DIE. */
4578 add_AT_int (die
, attr_kind
, int_val
)
4580 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
;
4583 dw_attr_ref attr
= (dw_attr_ref
) ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4585 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4586 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4587 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_const
;
4588 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_int
= int_val
;
4589 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4592 static inline long int
4596 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_const
)
4597 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_int
;
4602 /* Add an unsigned integer attribute value to a DIE. */
4605 add_AT_unsigned (die
, attr_kind
, unsigned_val
)
4607 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
;
4608 unsigned long unsigned_val
;
4610 dw_attr_ref attr
= (dw_attr_ref
) ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4612 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4613 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4614 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_unsigned_const
;
4615 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_unsigned
= unsigned_val
;
4616 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4619 static inline unsigned long
4623 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_unsigned_const
)
4624 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_unsigned
;
4629 /* Add an unsigned double integer attribute value to a DIE. */
4632 add_AT_long_long (die
, attr_kind
, val_hi
, val_low
)
4634 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
;
4635 unsigned long val_hi
;
4636 unsigned long val_low
;
4638 dw_attr_ref attr
= (dw_attr_ref
) ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4640 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4641 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4642 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_long_long
;
4643 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.hi
= val_hi
;
4644 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.low
= val_low
;
4645 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4648 /* Add a floating point attribute value to a DIE and return it. */
4651 add_AT_float (die
, attr_kind
, length
, array
)
4653 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
;
4657 dw_attr_ref attr
= (dw_attr_ref
) ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4659 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4660 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4661 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_float
;
4662 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_float
.length
= length
;
4663 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_float
.array
= array
;
4664 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4667 /* Hash and equality functions for debug_str_hash. */
4670 debug_str_do_hash (x
)
4673 return htab_hash_string (((const struct indirect_string_node
*)x
)->str
);
4677 debug_str_eq (x1
, x2
)
4681 return strcmp ((((const struct indirect_string_node
*)x1
)->str
),
4682 (const char *)x2
) == 0;
4685 /* Add a string attribute value to a DIE. */
4688 add_AT_string (die
, attr_kind
, str
)
4690 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
;
4693 dw_attr_ref attr
= (dw_attr_ref
) ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4694 struct indirect_string_node
*node
;
4697 if (! debug_str_hash
)
4698 debug_str_hash
= htab_create_ggc (10, debug_str_do_hash
,
4699 debug_str_eq
, NULL
);
4701 slot
= htab_find_slot_with_hash (debug_str_hash
, str
,
4702 htab_hash_string (str
), INSERT
);
4704 *slot
= ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (struct indirect_string_node
));
4705 node
= (struct indirect_string_node
*) *slot
;
4706 node
->str
= ggc_alloc_string (str
, -1);
4709 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4710 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4711 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_str
;
4712 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
= node
;
4713 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4716 static inline const char *
4720 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_str
)
4721 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->str
;
4726 /* Find out whether a string should be output inline in DIE
4727 or out-of-line in .debug_str section. */
4733 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_str
)
4735 struct indirect_string_node
*node
;
4739 node
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
;
4743 len
= strlen (node
->str
) + 1;
4745 /* If the string is shorter or equal to the size of the reference, it is
4746 always better to put it inline. */
4747 if (len
<= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
|| node
->refcount
== 0)
4748 return node
->form
= DW_FORM_string
;
4750 /* If we cannot expect the linker to merge strings in .debug_str
4751 section, only put it into .debug_str if it is worth even in this
4753 if ((DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS
& SECTION_MERGE
) == 0
4754 && (len
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
) * node
->refcount
<= len
)
4755 return node
->form
= DW_FORM_string
;
4757 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, "LASF", dw2_string_counter
);
4758 ++dw2_string_counter
;
4759 node
->label
= xstrdup (label
);
4761 return node
->form
= DW_FORM_strp
;
4767 /* Add a DIE reference attribute value to a DIE. */
4770 add_AT_die_ref (die
, attr_kind
, targ_die
)
4772 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
;
4773 dw_die_ref targ_die
;
4775 dw_attr_ref attr
= (dw_attr_ref
) ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4777 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4778 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4779 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_die_ref
;
4780 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= targ_die
;
4781 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= 0;
4782 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4785 static inline dw_die_ref
4789 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
)
4790 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
;
4799 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
)
4800 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
;
4806 set_AT_ref_external (a
, i
)
4810 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
)
4811 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= i
;
4816 /* Add an FDE reference attribute value to a DIE. */
4819 add_AT_fde_ref (die
, attr_kind
, targ_fde
)
4821 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
;
4824 dw_attr_ref attr
= (dw_attr_ref
) ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4826 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4827 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4828 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_fde_ref
;
4829 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_fde_index
= targ_fde
;
4830 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4833 /* Add a location description attribute value to a DIE. */
4836 add_AT_loc (die
, attr_kind
, loc
)
4838 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
;
4839 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
4841 dw_attr_ref attr
= (dw_attr_ref
) ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4843 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4844 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4845 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc
;
4846 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_loc
= loc
;
4847 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4850 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
4854 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_loc
)
4855 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_loc
;
4861 add_AT_loc_list (die
, attr_kind
, loc_list
)
4863 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
;
4864 dw_loc_list_ref loc_list
;
4866 dw_attr_ref attr
= (dw_attr_ref
) ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4868 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4869 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4870 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc_list
;
4871 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_loc_list
= loc_list
;
4872 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4873 have_location_lists
= 1;
4876 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
4880 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_loc_list
)
4881 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_loc_list
;
4886 /* Add an address constant attribute value to a DIE. */
4889 add_AT_addr (die
, attr_kind
, addr
)
4891 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
;
4894 dw_attr_ref attr
= (dw_attr_ref
) ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4896 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4897 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4898 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_addr
;
4899 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_addr
= addr
;
4900 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4907 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_addr
)
4908 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_addr
;
4913 /* Add a label identifier attribute value to a DIE. */
4916 add_AT_lbl_id (die
, attr_kind
, lbl_id
)
4918 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
;
4921 dw_attr_ref attr
= (dw_attr_ref
) ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4923 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4924 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4925 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_lbl_id
;
4926 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_lbl_id
= xstrdup (lbl_id
);
4927 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4930 /* Add a section offset attribute value to a DIE. */
4933 add_AT_lbl_offset (die
, attr_kind
, label
)
4935 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
;
4938 dw_attr_ref attr
= (dw_attr_ref
) ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4940 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4941 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4942 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_lbl_offset
;
4943 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_lbl_id
= xstrdup (label
);
4944 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4947 /* Add an offset attribute value to a DIE. */
4950 add_AT_offset (die
, attr_kind
, offset
)
4952 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
;
4953 unsigned long offset
;
4955 dw_attr_ref attr
= (dw_attr_ref
) ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4957 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4958 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4959 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_offset
;
4960 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
= offset
;
4961 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4964 /* Add an range_list attribute value to a DIE. */
4967 add_AT_range_list (die
, attr_kind
, offset
)
4969 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
;
4970 unsigned long offset
;
4972 dw_attr_ref attr
= (dw_attr_ref
) ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4974 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4975 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4976 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_range_list
;
4977 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
= offset
;
4978 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4981 static inline const char *
4985 if (a
&& (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_lbl_id
4986 || AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_lbl_offset
))
4987 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_lbl_id
;
4992 /* Get the attribute of type attr_kind. */
4994 static inline dw_attr_ref
4995 get_AT (die
, attr_kind
)
4997 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
;
5000 dw_die_ref spec
= NULL
;
5004 for (a
= die
->die_attr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->dw_attr_next
)
5005 if (a
->dw_attr
== attr_kind
)
5007 else if (a
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_specification
5008 || a
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_abstract_origin
)
5012 return get_AT (spec
, attr_kind
);
5018 /* Return the "low pc" attribute value, typically associated with a subprogram
5019 DIE. Return null if the "low pc" attribute is either not present, or if it
5020 cannot be represented as an assembler label identifier. */
5022 static inline const char *
5026 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, DW_AT_low_pc
);
5028 return a
? AT_lbl (a
) : NULL
;
5031 /* Return the "high pc" attribute value, typically associated with a subprogram
5032 DIE. Return null if the "high pc" attribute is either not present, or if it
5033 cannot be represented as an assembler label identifier. */
5035 static inline const char *
5039 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, DW_AT_high_pc
);
5041 return a
? AT_lbl (a
) : NULL
;
5044 /* Return the value of the string attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or
5045 NULL if it is not present. */
5047 static inline const char *
5048 get_AT_string (die
, attr_kind
)
5050 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
;
5052 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, attr_kind
);
5054 return a
? AT_string (a
) : NULL
;
5057 /* Return the value of the flag attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or -1
5058 if it is not present. */
5061 get_AT_flag (die
, attr_kind
)
5063 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
;
5065 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, attr_kind
);
5067 return a
? AT_flag (a
) : 0;
5070 /* Return the value of the unsigned attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or 0
5071 if it is not present. */
5073 static inline unsigned
5074 get_AT_unsigned (die
, attr_kind
)
5076 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
;
5078 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, attr_kind
);
5080 return a
? AT_unsigned (a
) : 0;
5083 static inline dw_die_ref
5084 get_AT_ref (die
, attr_kind
)
5086 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
;
5088 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, attr_kind
);
5090 return a
? AT_ref (a
) : NULL
;
5093 /* Return TRUE if the language is C or C++. */
5098 unsigned int lang
= get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
);
5100 return (lang
== DW_LANG_C
|| lang
== DW_LANG_C89
5101 || lang
== DW_LANG_C_plus_plus
);
5104 /* Return TRUE if the language is C++. */
5109 return (get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
)
5110 == DW_LANG_C_plus_plus
);
5113 /* Return TRUE if the language is Fortran. */
5118 unsigned int lang
= get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
);
5120 return lang
== DW_LANG_Fortran77
|| lang
== DW_LANG_Fortran90
;
5123 /* Return TRUE if the language is Java. */
5128 unsigned int lang
= get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
);
5130 return lang
== DW_LANG_Java
;
5133 /* Return TRUE if the language is Ada. */
5138 unsigned int lang
= get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
);
5140 return lang
== DW_LANG_Ada95
|| lang
== DW_LANG_Ada83
;
5143 /* Free up the memory used by A. */
5145 static inline void free_AT
PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref
));
5150 if (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_str
)
5151 if (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->refcount
)
5152 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->refcount
--;
5155 /* Remove the specified attribute if present. */
5158 remove_AT (die
, attr_kind
)
5160 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
;
5163 dw_attr_ref removed
= NULL
;
5167 for (p
= &(die
->die_attr
); *p
; p
= &((*p
)->dw_attr_next
))
5168 if ((*p
)->dw_attr
== attr_kind
)
5171 *p
= (*p
)->dw_attr_next
;
5180 /* Free up the memory used by DIE. */
5186 remove_children (die
);
5189 /* Discard the children of this DIE. */
5192 remove_children (die
)
5195 dw_die_ref child_die
= die
->die_child
;
5197 die
->die_child
= NULL
;
5199 while (child_die
!= NULL
)
5201 dw_die_ref tmp_die
= child_die
;
5204 child_die
= child_die
->die_sib
;
5206 for (a
= tmp_die
->die_attr
; a
!= NULL
;)
5208 dw_attr_ref tmp_a
= a
;
5210 a
= a
->dw_attr_next
;
5218 /* Add a child DIE below its parent. We build the lists up in reverse
5219 addition order, and correct that in reverse_all_dies. */
5222 add_child_die (die
, child_die
)
5224 dw_die_ref child_die
;
5226 if (die
!= NULL
&& child_die
!= NULL
)
5228 if (die
== child_die
)
5231 child_die
->die_parent
= die
;
5232 child_die
->die_sib
= die
->die_child
;
5233 die
->die_child
= child_die
;
5237 /* Move CHILD, which must be a child of PARENT or the DIE for which PARENT
5238 is the specification, to the front of PARENT's list of children. */
5241 splice_child_die (parent
, child
)
5242 dw_die_ref parent
, child
;
5246 /* We want the declaration DIE from inside the class, not the
5247 specification DIE at toplevel. */
5248 if (child
->die_parent
!= parent
)
5250 dw_die_ref tmp
= get_AT_ref (child
, DW_AT_specification
);
5256 if (child
->die_parent
!= parent
5257 && child
->die_parent
!= get_AT_ref (parent
, DW_AT_specification
))
5260 for (p
= &(child
->die_parent
->die_child
); *p
; p
= &((*p
)->die_sib
))
5263 *p
= child
->die_sib
;
5267 child
->die_parent
= parent
;
5268 child
->die_sib
= parent
->die_child
;
5269 parent
->die_child
= child
;
5272 /* Return a pointer to a newly created DIE node. */
5274 static inline dw_die_ref
5275 new_die (tag_value
, parent_die
, t
)
5276 enum dwarf_tag tag_value
;
5277 dw_die_ref parent_die
;
5280 dw_die_ref die
= (dw_die_ref
) ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (die_node
));
5282 die
->die_tag
= tag_value
;
5284 if (parent_die
!= NULL
)
5285 add_child_die (parent_die
, die
);
5288 limbo_die_node
*limbo_node
;
5290 limbo_node
= ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (limbo_die_node
));
5291 limbo_node
->die
= die
;
5292 limbo_node
->created_for
= t
;
5293 limbo_node
->next
= limbo_die_list
;
5294 limbo_die_list
= limbo_node
;
5300 /* Return the DIE associated with the given type specifier. */
5302 static inline dw_die_ref
5303 lookup_type_die (type
)
5306 return TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (type
);
5309 /* Equate a DIE to a given type specifier. */
5312 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, type_die
)
5314 dw_die_ref type_die
;
5316 TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (type
) = type_die
;
5319 /* Return the DIE associated with a given declaration. */
5321 static inline dw_die_ref
5322 lookup_decl_die (decl
)
5325 unsigned decl_id
= DECL_UID (decl
);
5327 return (decl_id
< decl_die_table_in_use
? decl_die_table
[decl_id
] : NULL
);
5330 /* Equate a DIE to a particular declaration. */
5333 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, decl_die
)
5335 dw_die_ref decl_die
;
5337 unsigned int decl_id
= DECL_UID (decl
);
5338 unsigned int num_allocated
;
5340 if (decl_id
>= decl_die_table_allocated
)
5343 = ((decl_id
+ 1 + DECL_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
- 1)
5344 / DECL_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
)
5345 * DECL_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
5347 decl_die_table
= ggc_realloc (decl_die_table
,
5348 sizeof (dw_die_ref
) * num_allocated
);
5350 memset ((char *) &decl_die_table
[decl_die_table_allocated
], 0,
5351 (num_allocated
- decl_die_table_allocated
) * sizeof (dw_die_ref
));
5352 decl_die_table_allocated
= num_allocated
;
5355 if (decl_id
>= decl_die_table_in_use
)
5356 decl_die_table_in_use
= (decl_id
+ 1);
5358 decl_die_table
[decl_id
] = decl_die
;
5361 /* Keep track of the number of spaces used to indent the
5362 output of the debugging routines that print the structure of
5363 the DIE internal representation. */
5364 static int print_indent
;
5366 /* Indent the line the number of spaces given by print_indent. */
5369 print_spaces (outfile
)
5372 fprintf (outfile
, "%*s", print_indent
, "");
5375 /* Print the information associated with a given DIE, and its children.
5376 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
5379 print_die (die
, outfile
)
5386 print_spaces (outfile
);
5387 fprintf (outfile
, "DIE %4lu: %s\n",
5388 die
->die_offset
, dwarf_tag_name (die
->die_tag
));
5389 print_spaces (outfile
);
5390 fprintf (outfile
, " abbrev id: %lu", die
->die_abbrev
);
5391 fprintf (outfile
, " offset: %lu\n", die
->die_offset
);
5393 for (a
= die
->die_attr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->dw_attr_next
)
5395 print_spaces (outfile
);
5396 fprintf (outfile
, " %s: ", dwarf_attr_name (a
->dw_attr
));
5398 switch (AT_class (a
))
5400 case dw_val_class_addr
:
5401 fprintf (outfile
, "address");
5403 case dw_val_class_offset
:
5404 fprintf (outfile
, "offset");
5406 case dw_val_class_loc
:
5407 fprintf (outfile
, "location descriptor");
5409 case dw_val_class_loc_list
:
5410 fprintf (outfile
, "location list -> label:%s",
5411 AT_loc_list (a
)->ll_symbol
);
5413 case dw_val_class_range_list
:
5414 fprintf (outfile
, "range list");
5416 case dw_val_class_const
:
5417 fprintf (outfile
, "%ld", AT_int (a
));
5419 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
5420 fprintf (outfile
, "%lu", AT_unsigned (a
));
5422 case dw_val_class_long_long
:
5423 fprintf (outfile
, "constant (%lu,%lu)",
5424 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.hi
,
5425 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.low
);
5427 case dw_val_class_float
:
5428 fprintf (outfile
, "floating-point constant");
5430 case dw_val_class_flag
:
5431 fprintf (outfile
, "%u", AT_flag (a
));
5433 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
5434 if (AT_ref (a
) != NULL
)
5436 if (AT_ref (a
)->die_symbol
)
5437 fprintf (outfile
, "die -> label: %s", AT_ref (a
)->die_symbol
);
5439 fprintf (outfile
, "die -> %lu", AT_ref (a
)->die_offset
);
5442 fprintf (outfile
, "die -> <null>");
5444 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
5445 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset
:
5446 fprintf (outfile
, "label: %s", AT_lbl (a
));
5448 case dw_val_class_str
:
5449 if (AT_string (a
) != NULL
)
5450 fprintf (outfile
, "\"%s\"", AT_string (a
));
5452 fprintf (outfile
, "<null>");
5458 fprintf (outfile
, "\n");
5461 if (die
->die_child
!= NULL
)
5464 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
!= NULL
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
5465 print_die (c
, outfile
);
5469 if (print_indent
== 0)
5470 fprintf (outfile
, "\n");
5473 /* Print the contents of the source code line number correspondence table.
5474 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
5477 print_dwarf_line_table (outfile
)
5481 dw_line_info_ref line_info
;
5483 fprintf (outfile
, "\n\nDWARF source line information\n");
5484 for (i
= 1; i
< line_info_table_in_use
; i
++)
5486 line_info
= &line_info_table
[i
];
5487 fprintf (outfile
, "%5d: ", i
);
5488 fprintf (outfile
, "%-20s",
5489 VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table
, line_info
->dw_file_num
));
5490 fprintf (outfile
, "%6ld", line_info
->dw_line_num
);
5491 fprintf (outfile
, "\n");
5494 fprintf (outfile
, "\n\n");
5497 /* Print the information collected for a given DIE. */
5500 debug_dwarf_die (die
)
5503 print_die (die
, stderr
);
5506 /* Print all DWARF information collected for the compilation unit.
5507 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
5513 print_die (comp_unit_die
, stderr
);
5514 if (! DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
)
5515 print_dwarf_line_table (stderr
);
5518 /* We build up the lists of children and attributes by pushing new ones
5519 onto the beginning of the list. Reverse the lists for DIE so that
5520 they are in order of addition. */
5523 reverse_die_lists (die
)
5526 dw_die_ref c
, cp
, cn
;
5527 dw_attr_ref a
, ap
, an
;
5529 for (a
= die
->die_attr
, ap
= 0; a
; a
= an
)
5531 an
= a
->dw_attr_next
;
5532 a
->dw_attr_next
= ap
;
5538 for (c
= die
->die_child
, cp
= 0; c
; c
= cn
)
5545 die
->die_child
= cp
;
5548 /* reverse_die_lists only reverses the single die you pass it. Since we used to
5549 reverse all dies in add_sibling_attributes, which runs through all the dies,
5550 it would reverse all the dies. Now, however, since we don't call
5551 reverse_die_lists in add_sibling_attributes, we need a routine to
5552 recursively reverse all the dies. This is that routine. */
5555 reverse_all_dies (die
)
5560 reverse_die_lists (die
);
5562 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
5563 reverse_all_dies (c
);
5566 /* Start a new compilation unit DIE for an include file. OLD_UNIT is the CU
5567 for the enclosing include file, if any. BINCL_DIE is the DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
5568 DIE that marks the start of the DIEs for this include file. */
5571 push_new_compile_unit (old_unit
, bincl_die
)
5572 dw_die_ref old_unit
, bincl_die
;
5574 const char *filename
= get_AT_string (bincl_die
, DW_AT_name
);
5575 dw_die_ref new_unit
= gen_compile_unit_die (filename
);
5577 new_unit
->die_sib
= old_unit
;
5581 /* Close an include-file CU and reopen the enclosing one. */
5584 pop_compile_unit (old_unit
)
5585 dw_die_ref old_unit
;
5587 dw_die_ref new_unit
= old_unit
->die_sib
;
5589 old_unit
->die_sib
= NULL
;
5593 #define CHECKSUM(FOO) md5_process_bytes (&(FOO), sizeof (FOO), ctx)
5594 #define CHECKSUM_STRING(FOO) md5_process_bytes ((FOO), strlen (FOO), ctx)
5596 /* Calculate the checksum of a location expression. */
5599 loc_checksum (loc
, ctx
)
5600 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
5601 struct md5_ctx
*ctx
;
5603 CHECKSUM (loc
->dw_loc_opc
);
5604 CHECKSUM (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
);
5605 CHECKSUM (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
);
5608 /* Calculate the checksum of an attribute. */
5611 attr_checksum (at
, ctx
, mark
)
5613 struct md5_ctx
*ctx
;
5616 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
5619 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr
);
5621 /* We don't care about differences in file numbering. */
5622 if (at
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_decl_file
5623 /* Or that this was compiled with a different compiler snapshot; if
5624 the output is the same, that's what matters. */
5625 || at
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_producer
)
5628 switch (AT_class (at
))
5630 case dw_val_class_const
:
5631 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_int
);
5633 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
5634 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_unsigned
);
5636 case dw_val_class_long_long
:
5637 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
);
5639 case dw_val_class_float
:
5640 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_float
);
5642 case dw_val_class_flag
:
5643 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_flag
);
5645 case dw_val_class_str
:
5646 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_string (at
));
5649 case dw_val_class_addr
:
5651 switch (GET_CODE (r
))
5654 CHECKSUM_STRING (XSTR (r
, 0));
5662 case dw_val_class_offset
:
5663 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
);
5666 case dw_val_class_loc
:
5667 for (loc
= AT_loc (at
); loc
; loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
)
5668 loc_checksum (loc
, ctx
);
5671 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
5672 die_checksum (AT_ref (at
), ctx
, mark
);
5675 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
5676 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
5677 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset
:
5685 /* Calculate the checksum of a DIE. */
5688 die_checksum (die
, ctx
, mark
)
5690 struct md5_ctx
*ctx
;
5696 /* To avoid infinite recursion. */
5699 CHECKSUM (die
->die_mark
);
5702 die
->die_mark
= ++(*mark
);
5704 CHECKSUM (die
->die_tag
);
5706 for (a
= die
->die_attr
; a
; a
= a
->dw_attr_next
)
5707 attr_checksum (a
, ctx
, mark
);
5709 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
5710 die_checksum (c
, ctx
, mark
);
5714 #undef CHECKSUM_STRING
5716 /* Do the location expressions look same? */
5718 same_loc_p (loc1
, loc2
, mark
)
5719 dw_loc_descr_ref loc1
;
5720 dw_loc_descr_ref loc2
;
5723 return loc1
->dw_loc_opc
== loc2
->dw_loc_opc
5724 && same_dw_val_p (&loc1
->dw_loc_oprnd1
, &loc2
->dw_loc_oprnd1
, mark
)
5725 && same_dw_val_p (&loc1
->dw_loc_oprnd2
, &loc2
->dw_loc_oprnd2
, mark
);
5728 /* Do the values look the same? */
5730 same_dw_val_p (v1
, v2
, mark
)
5735 dw_loc_descr_ref loc1
, loc2
;
5739 if (v1
->val_class
!= v2
->val_class
)
5742 switch (v1
->val_class
)
5744 case dw_val_class_const
:
5745 return v1
->v
.val_int
== v2
->v
.val_int
;
5746 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
5747 return v1
->v
.val_unsigned
== v2
->v
.val_unsigned
;
5748 case dw_val_class_long_long
:
5749 return v1
->v
.val_long_long
.hi
== v2
->v
.val_long_long
.hi
5750 && v1
->v
.val_long_long
.low
== v2
->v
.val_long_long
.low
;
5751 case dw_val_class_float
:
5752 if (v1
->v
.val_float
.length
!= v2
->v
.val_float
.length
)
5754 for (i
= 0; i
< v1
->v
.val_float
.length
; i
++)
5755 if (v1
->v
.val_float
.array
[i
] != v2
->v
.val_float
.array
[i
])
5758 case dw_val_class_flag
:
5759 return v1
->v
.val_flag
== v2
->v
.val_flag
;
5760 case dw_val_class_str
:
5761 return !strcmp(v1
->v
.val_str
->str
, v2
->v
.val_str
->str
);
5763 case dw_val_class_addr
:
5764 r1
= v1
->v
.val_addr
;
5765 r2
= v2
->v
.val_addr
;
5766 if (GET_CODE (r1
) != GET_CODE (r2
))
5768 switch (GET_CODE (r1
))
5771 return !strcmp (XSTR (r1
, 0), XSTR (r2
, 0));
5777 case dw_val_class_offset
:
5778 return v1
->v
.val_offset
== v2
->v
.val_offset
;
5780 case dw_val_class_loc
:
5781 for (loc1
= v1
->v
.val_loc
, loc2
= v2
->v
.val_loc
;
5783 loc1
= loc1
->dw_loc_next
, loc2
= loc2
->dw_loc_next
)
5784 if (!same_loc_p (loc1
, loc2
, mark
))
5786 return !loc1
&& !loc2
;
5788 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
5789 return same_die_p (v1
->v
.val_die_ref
.die
, v2
->v
.val_die_ref
.die
, mark
);
5791 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
5792 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
5793 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset
:
5801 /* Do the attributes look the same? */
5804 same_attr_p (at1
, at2
, mark
)
5809 if (at1
->dw_attr
!= at2
->dw_attr
)
5812 /* We don't care about differences in file numbering. */
5813 if (at1
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_decl_file
5814 /* Or that this was compiled with a different compiler snapshot; if
5815 the output is the same, that's what matters. */
5816 || at1
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_producer
)
5819 return same_dw_val_p (&at1
->dw_attr_val
, &at2
->dw_attr_val
, mark
);
5822 /* Do the dies look the same? */
5825 same_die_p (die1
, die2
, mark
)
5833 /* To avoid infinite recursion. */
5835 return die1
->die_mark
== die2
->die_mark
;
5836 die1
->die_mark
= die2
->die_mark
= ++(*mark
);
5838 if (die1
->die_tag
!= die2
->die_tag
)
5841 for (a1
= die1
->die_attr
, a2
= die2
->die_attr
;
5843 a1
= a1
->dw_attr_next
, a2
= a2
->dw_attr_next
)
5844 if (!same_attr_p (a1
, a2
, mark
))
5849 for (c1
= die1
->die_child
, c2
= die2
->die_child
;
5851 c1
= c1
->die_sib
, c2
= c2
->die_sib
)
5852 if (!same_die_p (c1
, c2
, mark
))
5860 /* Do the dies look the same? Wrapper around same_die_p. */
5863 same_die_p_wrap (die1
, die2
)
5868 int ret
= same_die_p (die1
, die2
, &mark
);
5870 unmark_all_dies (die1
);
5871 unmark_all_dies (die2
);
5876 /* The prefix to attach to symbols on DIEs in the current comdat debug
5878 static char *comdat_symbol_id
;
5880 /* The index of the current symbol within the current comdat CU. */
5881 static unsigned int comdat_symbol_number
;
5883 /* Calculate the MD5 checksum of the compilation unit DIE UNIT_DIE and its
5884 children, and set comdat_symbol_id accordingly. */
5887 compute_section_prefix (unit_die
)
5888 dw_die_ref unit_die
;
5890 const char *die_name
= get_AT_string (unit_die
, DW_AT_name
);
5891 const char *base
= die_name
? lbasename (die_name
) : "anonymous";
5892 char *name
= (char *) alloca (strlen (base
) + 64);
5895 unsigned char checksum
[16];
5898 /* Compute the checksum of the DIE, then append part of it as hex digits to
5899 the name filename of the unit. */
5901 md5_init_ctx (&ctx
);
5903 die_checksum (unit_die
, &ctx
, &mark
);
5904 unmark_all_dies (unit_die
);
5905 md5_finish_ctx (&ctx
, checksum
);
5907 sprintf (name
, "%s.", base
);
5908 clean_symbol_name (name
);
5910 p
= name
+ strlen (name
);
5911 for (i
= 0; i
< 4; i
++)
5913 sprintf (p
, "%.2x", checksum
[i
]);
5917 comdat_symbol_id
= unit_die
->die_symbol
= xstrdup (name
);
5918 comdat_symbol_number
= 0;
5921 /* Returns nonzero if DIE represents a type, in the sense of TYPE_P. */
5927 switch (die
->die_tag
)
5929 case DW_TAG_array_type
:
5930 case DW_TAG_class_type
:
5931 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type
:
5932 case DW_TAG_pointer_type
:
5933 case DW_TAG_reference_type
:
5934 case DW_TAG_string_type
:
5935 case DW_TAG_structure_type
:
5936 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type
:
5937 case DW_TAG_union_type
:
5938 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type
:
5939 case DW_TAG_set_type
:
5940 case DW_TAG_subrange_type
:
5941 case DW_TAG_base_type
:
5942 case DW_TAG_const_type
:
5943 case DW_TAG_file_type
:
5944 case DW_TAG_packed_type
:
5945 case DW_TAG_volatile_type
:
5946 case DW_TAG_typedef
:
5953 /* Returns 1 iff C is the sort of DIE that should go into a COMDAT CU.
5954 Basically, we want to choose the bits that are likely to be shared between
5955 compilations (types) and leave out the bits that are specific to individual
5956 compilations (functions). */
5962 /* I think we want to leave base types and __vtbl_ptr_type in the main CU, as
5963 we do for stabs. The advantage is a greater likelihood of sharing between
5964 objects that don't include headers in the same order (and therefore would
5965 put the base types in a different comdat). jason 8/28/00 */
5967 if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_base_type
)
5970 if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_pointer_type
5971 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_reference_type
5972 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_const_type
5973 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_volatile_type
)
5975 dw_die_ref t
= get_AT_ref (c
, DW_AT_type
);
5977 return t
? is_comdat_die (t
) : 0;
5980 return is_type_die (c
);
5983 /* Returns 1 iff C is the sort of DIE that might be referred to from another
5984 compilation unit. */
5990 return (is_type_die (c
)
5991 || (get_AT (c
, DW_AT_declaration
)
5992 && !get_AT (c
, DW_AT_specification
)));
5996 gen_internal_sym (prefix
)
6001 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (buf
, prefix
, label_num
++);
6002 return xstrdup (buf
);
6005 /* Assign symbols to all worthy DIEs under DIE. */
6008 assign_symbol_names (die
)
6013 if (is_symbol_die (die
))
6015 if (comdat_symbol_id
)
6017 char *p
= alloca (strlen (comdat_symbol_id
) + 64);
6019 sprintf (p
, "%s.%s.%x", DIE_LABEL_PREFIX
,
6020 comdat_symbol_id
, comdat_symbol_number
++);
6021 die
->die_symbol
= xstrdup (p
);
6024 die
->die_symbol
= gen_internal_sym ("LDIE");
6027 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
!= NULL
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
6028 assign_symbol_names (c
);
6031 struct cu_hash_table_entry
6034 unsigned min_comdat_num
, max_comdat_num
;
6035 struct cu_hash_table_entry
*next
;
6038 /* Routines to manipulate hash table of CUs. */
6043 const struct cu_hash_table_entry
*entry
= of
;
6045 return htab_hash_string (entry
->cu
->die_symbol
);
6049 htab_cu_eq (of1
, of2
)
6053 const struct cu_hash_table_entry
*entry1
= of1
;
6054 const struct die_struct
*entry2
= of2
;
6056 return !strcmp (entry1
->cu
->die_symbol
, entry2
->die_symbol
);
6063 struct cu_hash_table_entry
*next
, *entry
= what
;
6073 /* Check whether we have already seen this CU and set up SYM_NUM
6076 check_duplicate_cu (cu
, htable
, sym_num
)
6081 struct cu_hash_table_entry dummy
;
6082 struct cu_hash_table_entry
**slot
, *entry
, *last
= &dummy
;
6084 dummy
.max_comdat_num
= 0;
6086 slot
= (struct cu_hash_table_entry
**)
6087 htab_find_slot_with_hash (htable
, cu
, htab_hash_string (cu
->die_symbol
),
6091 for (; entry
; last
= entry
, entry
= entry
->next
)
6093 if (same_die_p_wrap (cu
, entry
->cu
))
6099 *sym_num
= entry
->min_comdat_num
;
6103 entry
= xcalloc (1, sizeof (struct cu_hash_table_entry
));
6105 entry
->min_comdat_num
= *sym_num
= last
->max_comdat_num
;
6106 entry
->next
= *slot
;
6112 /* Record SYM_NUM to record of CU in HTABLE. */
6114 record_comdat_symbol_number (cu
, htable
, sym_num
)
6119 struct cu_hash_table_entry
**slot
, *entry
;
6121 slot
= (struct cu_hash_table_entry
**)
6122 htab_find_slot_with_hash (htable
, cu
, htab_hash_string (cu
->die_symbol
),
6126 entry
->max_comdat_num
= sym_num
;
6129 /* Traverse the DIE (which is always comp_unit_die), and set up
6130 additional compilation units for each of the include files we see
6131 bracketed by BINCL/EINCL. */
6134 break_out_includes (die
)
6138 dw_die_ref unit
= NULL
;
6139 limbo_die_node
*node
, **pnode
;
6140 htab_t cu_hash_table
;
6142 for (ptr
= &(die
->die_child
); *ptr
;)
6144 dw_die_ref c
= *ptr
;
6146 if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
|| c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL
6147 || (unit
&& is_comdat_die (c
)))
6149 /* This DIE is for a secondary CU; remove it from the main one. */
6152 if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
)
6154 unit
= push_new_compile_unit (unit
, c
);
6157 else if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL
)
6159 unit
= pop_compile_unit (unit
);
6163 add_child_die (unit
, c
);
6167 /* Leave this DIE in the main CU. */
6168 ptr
= &(c
->die_sib
);
6174 /* We can only use this in debugging, since the frontend doesn't check
6175 to make sure that we leave every include file we enter. */
6180 assign_symbol_names (die
);
6181 cu_hash_table
= htab_create (10, htab_cu_hash
, htab_cu_eq
, htab_cu_del
);
6182 for (node
= limbo_die_list
, pnode
= &limbo_die_list
;
6188 compute_section_prefix (node
->die
);
6189 is_dupl
= check_duplicate_cu (node
->die
, cu_hash_table
,
6190 &comdat_symbol_number
);
6191 assign_symbol_names (node
->die
);
6193 *pnode
= node
->next
;
6196 pnode
= &node
->next
;
6197 record_comdat_symbol_number (node
->die
, cu_hash_table
,
6198 comdat_symbol_number
);
6201 htab_delete (cu_hash_table
);
6204 /* Traverse the DIE and add a sibling attribute if it may have the
6205 effect of speeding up access to siblings. To save some space,
6206 avoid generating sibling attributes for DIE's without children. */
6209 add_sibling_attributes (die
)
6214 if (die
->die_tag
!= DW_TAG_compile_unit
6215 && die
->die_sib
&& die
->die_child
!= NULL
)
6216 /* Add the sibling link to the front of the attribute list. */
6217 add_AT_die_ref (die
, DW_AT_sibling
, die
->die_sib
);
6219 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
!= NULL
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
6220 add_sibling_attributes (c
);
6223 /* Output all location lists for the DIE and its children. */
6226 output_location_lists (die
)
6232 for (d_attr
= die
->die_attr
; d_attr
; d_attr
= d_attr
->dw_attr_next
)
6233 if (AT_class (d_attr
) == dw_val_class_loc_list
)
6234 output_loc_list (AT_loc_list (d_attr
));
6236 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
!= NULL
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
6237 output_location_lists (c
);
6241 /* The format of each DIE (and its attribute value pairs) is encoded in an
6242 abbreviation table. This routine builds the abbreviation table and assigns
6243 a unique abbreviation id for each abbreviation entry. The children of each
6244 die are visited recursively. */
6247 build_abbrev_table (die
)
6250 unsigned long abbrev_id
;
6251 unsigned int n_alloc
;
6253 dw_attr_ref d_attr
, a_attr
;
6255 /* Scan the DIE references, and mark as external any that refer to
6256 DIEs from other CUs (i.e. those which are not marked). */
6257 for (d_attr
= die
->die_attr
; d_attr
; d_attr
= d_attr
->dw_attr_next
)
6258 if (AT_class (d_attr
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
6259 && AT_ref (d_attr
)->die_mark
== 0)
6261 if (AT_ref (d_attr
)->die_symbol
== 0)
6264 set_AT_ref_external (d_attr
, 1);
6267 for (abbrev_id
= 1; abbrev_id
< abbrev_die_table_in_use
; ++abbrev_id
)
6269 dw_die_ref abbrev
= abbrev_die_table
[abbrev_id
];
6271 if (abbrev
->die_tag
== die
->die_tag
)
6273 if ((abbrev
->die_child
!= NULL
) == (die
->die_child
!= NULL
))
6275 a_attr
= abbrev
->die_attr
;
6276 d_attr
= die
->die_attr
;
6278 while (a_attr
!= NULL
&& d_attr
!= NULL
)
6280 if ((a_attr
->dw_attr
!= d_attr
->dw_attr
)
6281 || (value_format (a_attr
) != value_format (d_attr
)))
6284 a_attr
= a_attr
->dw_attr_next
;
6285 d_attr
= d_attr
->dw_attr_next
;
6288 if (a_attr
== NULL
&& d_attr
== NULL
)
6294 if (abbrev_id
>= abbrev_die_table_in_use
)
6296 if (abbrev_die_table_in_use
>= abbrev_die_table_allocated
)
6298 n_alloc
= abbrev_die_table_allocated
+ ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
6299 abbrev_die_table
= ggc_realloc (abbrev_die_table
,
6300 sizeof (dw_die_ref
) * n_alloc
);
6302 memset ((char *) &abbrev_die_table
[abbrev_die_table_allocated
], 0,
6303 (n_alloc
- abbrev_die_table_allocated
) * sizeof (dw_die_ref
));
6304 abbrev_die_table_allocated
= n_alloc
;
6307 ++abbrev_die_table_in_use
;
6308 abbrev_die_table
[abbrev_id
] = die
;
6311 die
->die_abbrev
= abbrev_id
;
6312 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
!= NULL
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
6313 build_abbrev_table (c
);
6316 /* Return the power-of-two number of bytes necessary to represent VALUE. */
6319 constant_size (value
)
6320 long unsigned value
;
6327 log
= floor_log2 (value
);
6330 log
= 1 << (floor_log2 (log
) + 1);
6335 /* Return the size of a DIE as it is represented in the
6336 .debug_info section. */
6338 static unsigned long
6342 unsigned long size
= 0;
6345 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (die
->die_abbrev
);
6346 for (a
= die
->die_attr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->dw_attr_next
)
6348 switch (AT_class (a
))
6350 case dw_val_class_addr
:
6351 size
+= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
6353 case dw_val_class_offset
:
6354 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
6356 case dw_val_class_loc
:
6358 unsigned long lsize
= size_of_locs (AT_loc (a
));
6361 size
+= constant_size (lsize
);
6365 case dw_val_class_loc_list
:
6366 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
6368 case dw_val_class_range_list
:
6369 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
6371 case dw_val_class_const
:
6372 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (AT_int (a
));
6374 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
6375 size
+= constant_size (AT_unsigned (a
));
6377 case dw_val_class_long_long
:
6378 size
+= 1 + 2*HOST_BITS_PER_LONG
/HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
; /* block */
6380 case dw_val_class_float
:
6381 size
+= 1 + a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_float
.length
* 4; /* block */
6383 case dw_val_class_flag
:
6386 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
6387 if (AT_ref_external (a
))
6388 size
+= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
6390 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
6392 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
6393 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
6395 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
6396 size
+= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
6398 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset
:
6399 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
6401 case dw_val_class_str
:
6402 if (AT_string_form (a
) == DW_FORM_strp
)
6403 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
6405 size
+= strlen (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->str
) + 1;
6415 /* Size the debugging information associated with a given DIE. Visits the
6416 DIE's children recursively. Updates the global variable next_die_offset, on
6417 each time through. Uses the current value of next_die_offset to update the
6418 die_offset field in each DIE. */
6421 calc_die_sizes (die
)
6426 die
->die_offset
= next_die_offset
;
6427 next_die_offset
+= size_of_die (die
);
6429 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
!= NULL
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
6432 if (die
->die_child
!= NULL
)
6433 /* Count the null byte used to terminate sibling lists. */
6434 next_die_offset
+= 1;
6437 /* Set the marks for a die and its children. We do this so
6438 that we know whether or not a reference needs to use FORM_ref_addr; only
6439 DIEs in the same CU will be marked. We used to clear out the offset
6440 and use that as the flag, but ran into ordering problems. */
6452 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
6456 /* Clear the marks for a die and its children. */
6468 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
6472 /* Clear the marks for a die, its children and referred dies. */
6475 unmark_all_dies (die
)
6485 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
6486 unmark_all_dies (c
);
6488 for (a
= die
->die_attr
; a
; a
= a
->dw_attr_next
)
6489 if (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
)
6490 unmark_all_dies (AT_ref (a
));
6493 /* Return the size of the .debug_pubnames table generated for the
6494 compilation unit. */
6496 static unsigned long
6502 size
= DWARF_PUBNAMES_HEADER_SIZE
;
6503 for (i
= 0; i
< pubname_table_in_use
; i
++)
6505 pubname_ref p
= &pubname_table
[i
];
6506 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
+ strlen (p
->name
) + 1;
6509 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
6513 /* Return the size of the information in the .debug_aranges section. */
6515 static unsigned long
6520 size
= DWARF_ARANGES_HEADER_SIZE
;
6522 /* Count the address/length pair for this compilation unit. */
6523 size
+= 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
6524 size
+= 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
* arange_table_in_use
;
6526 /* Count the two zero words used to terminated the address range table. */
6527 size
+= 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
6531 /* Select the encoding of an attribute value. */
6533 static enum dwarf_form
6537 switch (a
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
)
6539 case dw_val_class_addr
:
6540 return DW_FORM_addr
;
6541 case dw_val_class_range_list
:
6542 case dw_val_class_offset
:
6543 if (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4)
6544 return DW_FORM_data4
;
6545 if (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 8)
6546 return DW_FORM_data8
;
6548 case dw_val_class_loc_list
:
6549 /* FIXME: Could be DW_FORM_data8, with a > 32 bit size
6550 .debug_loc section */
6551 return DW_FORM_data4
;
6552 case dw_val_class_loc
:
6553 switch (constant_size (size_of_locs (AT_loc (a
))))
6556 return DW_FORM_block1
;
6558 return DW_FORM_block2
;
6562 case dw_val_class_const
:
6563 return DW_FORM_sdata
;
6564 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
6565 switch (constant_size (AT_unsigned (a
)))
6568 return DW_FORM_data1
;
6570 return DW_FORM_data2
;
6572 return DW_FORM_data4
;
6574 return DW_FORM_data8
;
6578 case dw_val_class_long_long
:
6579 return DW_FORM_block1
;
6580 case dw_val_class_float
:
6581 return DW_FORM_block1
;
6582 case dw_val_class_flag
:
6583 return DW_FORM_flag
;
6584 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
6585 if (AT_ref_external (a
))
6586 return DW_FORM_ref_addr
;
6589 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
6590 return DW_FORM_data
;
6591 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
6592 return DW_FORM_addr
;
6593 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset
:
6594 return DW_FORM_data
;
6595 case dw_val_class_str
:
6596 return AT_string_form (a
);
6603 /* Output the encoding of an attribute value. */
6606 output_value_format (a
)
6609 enum dwarf_form form
= value_format (a
);
6611 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (form
, "(%s)", dwarf_form_name (form
));
6614 /* Output the .debug_abbrev section which defines the DIE abbreviation
6618 output_abbrev_section ()
6620 unsigned long abbrev_id
;
6624 for (abbrev_id
= 1; abbrev_id
< abbrev_die_table_in_use
; ++abbrev_id
)
6626 dw_die_ref abbrev
= abbrev_die_table
[abbrev_id
];
6628 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (abbrev_id
, "(abbrev code)");
6629 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (abbrev
->die_tag
, "(TAG: %s)",
6630 dwarf_tag_name (abbrev
->die_tag
));
6632 if (abbrev
->die_child
!= NULL
)
6633 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_children_yes
, "DW_children_yes");
6635 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_children_no
, "DW_children_no");
6637 for (a_attr
= abbrev
->die_attr
; a_attr
!= NULL
;
6638 a_attr
= a_attr
->dw_attr_next
)
6640 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (a_attr
->dw_attr
, "(%s)",
6641 dwarf_attr_name (a_attr
->dw_attr
));
6642 output_value_format (a_attr
);
6645 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL
);
6646 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL
);
6649 /* Terminate the table. */
6650 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL
);
6653 /* Output a symbol we can use to refer to this DIE from another CU. */
6656 output_die_symbol (die
)
6659 char *sym
= die
->die_symbol
;
6664 if (strncmp (sym
, DIE_LABEL_PREFIX
, sizeof (DIE_LABEL_PREFIX
) - 1) == 0)
6665 /* We make these global, not weak; if the target doesn't support
6666 .linkonce, it doesn't support combining the sections, so debugging
6668 (*targetm
.asm_out
.globalize_label
) (asm_out_file
, sym
);
6670 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, sym
);
6673 /* Return a new location list, given the begin and end range, and the
6674 expression. gensym tells us whether to generate a new internal symbol for
6675 this location list node, which is done for the head of the list only. */
6677 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
6678 new_loc_list (expr
, begin
, end
, section
, gensym
)
6679 dw_loc_descr_ref expr
;
6682 const char *section
;
6685 dw_loc_list_ref retlist
= ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (dw_loc_list_node
));
6687 retlist
->begin
= begin
;
6689 retlist
->expr
= expr
;
6690 retlist
->section
= section
;
6692 retlist
->ll_symbol
= gen_internal_sym ("LLST");
6697 /* Add a location description expression to a location list */
6700 add_loc_descr_to_loc_list (list_head
, descr
, begin
, end
, section
)
6701 dw_loc_list_ref
*list_head
;
6702 dw_loc_descr_ref descr
;
6705 const char *section
;
6709 /* Find the end of the chain. */
6710 for (d
= list_head
; (*d
) != NULL
; d
= &(*d
)->dw_loc_next
)
6713 /* Add a new location list node to the list */
6714 *d
= new_loc_list (descr
, begin
, end
, section
, 0);
6717 /* Output the location list given to us */
6720 output_loc_list (list_head
)
6721 dw_loc_list_ref list_head
;
6723 dw_loc_list_ref curr
= list_head
;
6725 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, list_head
->ll_symbol
);
6727 /* ??? This shouldn't be needed now that we've forced the
6728 compilation unit base address to zero when there is code
6729 in more than one section. */
6730 if (strcmp (curr
->section
, ".text") == 0)
6732 /* dw2_asm_output_data will mask off any extra bits in the ~0. */
6733 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, ~(unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) 0,
6734 "Location list base address specifier fake entry");
6735 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, curr
->section
,
6736 "Location list base address specifier base");
6739 for (curr
= list_head
; curr
!= NULL
; curr
= curr
->dw_loc_next
)
6743 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, curr
->begin
, curr
->section
,
6744 "Location list begin address (%s)",
6745 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
6746 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, curr
->end
, curr
->section
,
6747 "Location list end address (%s)",
6748 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
6749 size
= size_of_locs (curr
->expr
);
6751 /* Output the block length for this list of location operations. */
6754 dw2_asm_output_data (2, size
, "%s", "Location expression size");
6756 output_loc_sequence (curr
->expr
);
6759 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, 0,
6760 "Location list terminator begin (%s)",
6761 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
6762 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, 0,
6763 "Location list terminator end (%s)",
6764 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
6767 /* Output the DIE and its attributes. Called recursively to generate
6768 the definitions of each child DIE. */
6778 /* If someone in another CU might refer to us, set up a symbol for
6779 them to point to. */
6780 if (die
->die_symbol
)
6781 output_die_symbol (die
);
6783 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (die
->die_abbrev
, "(DIE (0x%lx) %s)",
6784 die
->die_offset
, dwarf_tag_name (die
->die_tag
));
6786 for (a
= die
->die_attr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->dw_attr_next
)
6788 const char *name
= dwarf_attr_name (a
->dw_attr
);
6790 switch (AT_class (a
))
6792 case dw_val_class_addr
:
6793 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, AT_addr (a
), "%s", name
);
6796 case dw_val_class_offset
:
6797 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
,
6801 case dw_val_class_range_list
:
6803 char *p
= strchr (ranges_section_label
, '\0');
6805 sprintf (p
, "+0x%lx", a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
);
6806 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, ranges_section_label
,
6812 case dw_val_class_loc
:
6813 size
= size_of_locs (AT_loc (a
));
6815 /* Output the block length for this list of location operations. */
6816 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (size
), size
, "%s", name
);
6818 output_loc_sequence (AT_loc (a
));
6821 case dw_val_class_const
:
6822 /* ??? It would be slightly more efficient to use a scheme like is
6823 used for unsigned constants below, but gdb 4.x does not sign
6824 extend. Gdb 5.x does sign extend. */
6825 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (AT_int (a
), "%s", name
);
6828 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
6829 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (AT_unsigned (a
)),
6830 AT_unsigned (a
), "%s", name
);
6833 case dw_val_class_long_long
:
6835 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT first
, second
;
6837 dw2_asm_output_data (1,
6838 2 * HOST_BITS_PER_LONG
/ HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
,
6841 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN
)
6843 first
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.hi
;
6844 second
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.low
;
6848 first
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.low
;
6849 second
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.hi
;
6852 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG
/ HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
,
6853 first
, "long long constant");
6854 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG
/ HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
,
6859 case dw_val_class_float
:
6863 dw2_asm_output_data (1, a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_float
.length
* 4,
6866 for (i
= 0; i
< a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_float
.length
; i
++)
6867 dw2_asm_output_data (4, a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_float
.array
[i
],
6868 "fp constant word %u", i
);
6872 case dw_val_class_flag
:
6873 dw2_asm_output_data (1, AT_flag (a
), "%s", name
);
6876 case dw_val_class_loc_list
:
6878 char *sym
= AT_loc_list (a
)->ll_symbol
;
6882 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, sym
,
6883 loc_section_label
, "%s", name
);
6887 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
6888 if (AT_ref_external (a
))
6890 char *sym
= AT_ref (a
)->die_symbol
;
6894 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, sym
, "%s", name
);
6896 else if (AT_ref (a
)->die_offset
== 0)
6899 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, AT_ref (a
)->die_offset
,
6903 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
6907 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, FDE_LABEL
,
6908 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_fde_index
* 2);
6909 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, l1
, "%s", name
);
6913 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
6914 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, AT_lbl (a
), "%s", name
);
6917 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset
:
6918 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, AT_lbl (a
), "%s", name
);
6921 case dw_val_class_str
:
6922 if (AT_string_form (a
) == DW_FORM_strp
)
6923 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
,
6924 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->label
,
6925 "%s: \"%s\"", name
, AT_string (a
));
6927 dw2_asm_output_nstring (AT_string (a
), -1, "%s", name
);
6935 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
!= NULL
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
6938 /* Add null byte to terminate sibling list. */
6939 if (die
->die_child
!= NULL
)
6940 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "end of children of DIE 0x%lx",
6944 /* Output the compilation unit that appears at the beginning of the
6945 .debug_info section, and precedes the DIE descriptions. */
6948 output_compilation_unit_header ()
6950 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4)
6951 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
6952 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
6953 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
,
6954 next_die_offset
- DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
,
6955 "Length of Compilation Unit Info");
6956 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION
, "DWARF version number");
6957 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, abbrev_section_label
,
6958 "Offset Into Abbrev. Section");
6959 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, "Pointer Size (in bytes)");
6962 /* Output the compilation unit DIE and its children. */
6965 output_comp_unit (die
, output_if_empty
)
6967 int output_if_empty
;
6969 const char *secname
;
6972 /* Unless we are outputting main CU, we may throw away empty ones. */
6973 if (!output_if_empty
&& die
->die_child
== NULL
)
6976 /* Even if there are no children of this DIE, we must output the information
6977 about the compilation unit. Otherwise, on an empty translation unit, we
6978 will generate a present, but empty, .debug_info section. IRIX 6.5 `nm'
6979 will then complain when examining the file. First mark all the DIEs in
6980 this CU so we know which get local refs. */
6983 build_abbrev_table (die
);
6985 /* Initialize the beginning DIE offset - and calculate sizes/offsets. */
6986 next_die_offset
= DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE
;
6987 calc_die_sizes (die
);
6989 oldsym
= die
->die_symbol
;
6992 tmp
= (char *) alloca (strlen (oldsym
) + 24);
6994 sprintf (tmp
, ".gnu.linkonce.wi.%s", oldsym
);
6996 die
->die_symbol
= NULL
;
6999 secname
= (const char *) DEBUG_INFO_SECTION
;
7001 /* Output debugging information. */
7002 named_section_flags (secname
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
7003 output_compilation_unit_header ();
7006 /* Leave the marks on the main CU, so we can check them in
7011 die
->die_symbol
= oldsym
;
7015 /* The DWARF2 pubname for a nested thingy looks like "A::f". The
7016 output of lang_hooks.decl_printable_name for C++ looks like
7017 "A::f(int)". Let's drop the argument list, and maybe the scope. */
7020 dwarf2_name (decl
, scope
)
7024 return (*lang_hooks
.decl_printable_name
) (decl
, scope
? 1 : 0);
7027 /* Add a new entry to .debug_pubnames if appropriate. */
7030 add_pubname (decl
, die
)
7036 if (! TREE_PUBLIC (decl
))
7039 if (pubname_table_in_use
== pubname_table_allocated
)
7041 pubname_table_allocated
+= PUBNAME_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
7043 = (pubname_ref
) ggc_realloc (pubname_table
,
7044 (pubname_table_allocated
7045 * sizeof (pubname_entry
)));
7046 memset (pubname_table
+ pubname_table_in_use
, 0,
7047 PUBNAME_TABLE_INCREMENT
* sizeof (pubname_entry
));
7050 p
= &pubname_table
[pubname_table_in_use
++];
7052 p
->name
= xstrdup (dwarf2_name (decl
, 1));
7055 /* Output the public names table used to speed up access to externally
7056 visible names. For now, only generate entries for externally
7057 visible procedures. */
7063 unsigned long pubnames_length
= size_of_pubnames ();
7065 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4)
7066 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
7067 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
7068 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, pubnames_length
,
7069 "Length of Public Names Info");
7070 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION
, "DWARF Version");
7071 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, debug_info_section_label
,
7072 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
7073 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, next_die_offset
,
7074 "Compilation Unit Length");
7076 for (i
= 0; i
< pubname_table_in_use
; i
++)
7078 pubname_ref pub
= &pubname_table
[i
];
7080 /* We shouldn't see pubnames for DIEs outside of the main CU. */
7081 if (pub
->die
->die_mark
== 0)
7084 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, pub
->die
->die_offset
,
7087 dw2_asm_output_nstring (pub
->name
, -1, "external name");
7090 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
7093 /* Add a new entry to .debug_aranges if appropriate. */
7096 add_arange (decl
, die
)
7100 if (! DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl
))
7103 if (arange_table_in_use
== arange_table_allocated
)
7105 arange_table_allocated
+= ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
7106 arange_table
= ggc_realloc (arange_table
,
7107 (arange_table_allocated
7108 * sizeof (dw_die_ref
)));
7109 memset (arange_table
+ arange_table_in_use
, 0,
7110 ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT
* sizeof (dw_die_ref
));
7113 arange_table
[arange_table_in_use
++] = die
;
7116 /* Output the information that goes into the .debug_aranges table.
7117 Namely, define the beginning and ending address range of the
7118 text section generated for this compilation unit. */
7124 unsigned long aranges_length
= size_of_aranges ();
7126 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4)
7127 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
7128 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
7129 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, aranges_length
,
7130 "Length of Address Ranges Info");
7131 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION
, "DWARF Version");
7132 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, debug_info_section_label
,
7133 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
7134 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, "Size of Address");
7135 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "Size of Segment Descriptor");
7137 /* We need to align to twice the pointer size here. */
7138 if (DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE
)
7140 /* Pad using a 2 byte words so that padding is correct for any
7142 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 0, "Pad to %d byte boundary",
7143 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
);
7144 for (i
= 2; i
< (unsigned) DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE
; i
+= 2)
7145 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 0, NULL
);
7148 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, text_section_label
, "Address");
7149 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, text_end_label
,
7150 text_section_label
, "Length");
7152 for (i
= 0; i
< arange_table_in_use
; i
++)
7154 dw_die_ref die
= arange_table
[i
];
7156 /* We shouldn't see aranges for DIEs outside of the main CU. */
7157 if (die
->die_mark
== 0)
7160 if (die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_subprogram
)
7162 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, get_AT_low_pc (die
),
7164 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, get_AT_hi_pc (die
),
7165 get_AT_low_pc (die
), "Length");
7169 /* A static variable; extract the symbol from DW_AT_location.
7170 Note that this code isn't currently hit, as we only emit
7171 aranges for functions (jason 9/23/99). */
7172 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, DW_AT_location
);
7173 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
7175 if (! a
|| AT_class (a
) != dw_val_class_loc
)
7179 if (loc
->dw_loc_opc
!= DW_OP_addr
)
7182 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
7183 loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
, "Address");
7184 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
7185 get_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_byte_size
),
7190 /* Output the terminator words. */
7191 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
7192 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
7195 /* Add a new entry to .debug_ranges. Return the offset at which it
7202 unsigned int in_use
= ranges_table_in_use
;
7204 if (in_use
== ranges_table_allocated
)
7206 ranges_table_allocated
+= RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
7207 ranges_table
= (dw_ranges_ref
)
7208 ggc_realloc (ranges_table
, (ranges_table_allocated
7209 * sizeof (struct dw_ranges_struct
)));
7210 memset (ranges_table
+ ranges_table_in_use
, 0,
7211 RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT
* sizeof (struct dw_ranges_struct
));
7214 ranges_table
[in_use
].block_num
= (block
? BLOCK_NUMBER (block
) : 0);
7215 ranges_table_in_use
= in_use
+ 1;
7217 return in_use
* 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
7224 static const char *const start_fmt
= "Offset 0x%x";
7225 const char *fmt
= start_fmt
;
7227 for (i
= 0; i
< ranges_table_in_use
; i
++)
7229 int block_num
= ranges_table
[i
].block_num
;
7233 char blabel
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
7234 char elabel
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
7236 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (blabel
, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
, block_num
);
7237 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (elabel
, BLOCK_END_LABEL
, block_num
);
7239 /* If all code is in the text section, then the compilation
7240 unit base address defaults to DW_AT_low_pc, which is the
7241 base of the text section. */
7242 if (separate_line_info_table_in_use
== 0)
7244 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, blabel
,
7246 fmt
, i
* 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
);
7247 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, elabel
,
7248 text_section_label
, NULL
);
7251 /* Otherwise, we add a DW_AT_entry_pc attribute to force the
7252 compilation unit base address to zero, which allows us to
7253 use absolute addresses, and not worry about whether the
7254 target supports cross-section arithmetic. */
7257 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, blabel
,
7258 fmt
, i
* 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
);
7259 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, elabel
, NULL
);
7266 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
7267 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
7273 /* Data structure containing information about input files. */
7276 char *path
; /* Complete file name. */
7277 char *fname
; /* File name part. */
7278 int length
; /* Length of entire string. */
7279 int file_idx
; /* Index in input file table. */
7280 int dir_idx
; /* Index in directory table. */
7283 /* Data structure containing information about directories with source
7287 char *path
; /* Path including directory name. */
7288 int length
; /* Path length. */
7289 int prefix
; /* Index of directory entry which is a prefix. */
7290 int count
; /* Number of files in this directory. */
7291 int dir_idx
; /* Index of directory used as base. */
7292 int used
; /* Used in the end? */
7295 /* Callback function for file_info comparison. We sort by looking at
7296 the directories in the path. */
7299 file_info_cmp (p1
, p2
)
7303 const struct file_info
*s1
= p1
;
7304 const struct file_info
*s2
= p2
;
7308 /* Take care of file names without directories. We need to make sure that
7309 we return consistent values to qsort since some will get confused if
7310 we return the same value when identical operands are passed in opposite
7311 orders. So if neither has a directory, return 0 and otherwise return
7312 1 or -1 depending on which one has the directory. */
7313 if ((s1
->path
== s1
->fname
|| s2
->path
== s2
->fname
))
7314 return (s2
->path
== s2
->fname
) - (s1
->path
== s1
->fname
);
7316 cp1
= (unsigned char *) s1
->path
;
7317 cp2
= (unsigned char *) s2
->path
;
7323 /* Reached the end of the first path? If so, handle like above. */
7324 if ((cp1
== (unsigned char *) s1
->fname
)
7325 || (cp2
== (unsigned char *) s2
->fname
))
7326 return ((cp2
== (unsigned char *) s2
->fname
)
7327 - (cp1
== (unsigned char *) s1
->fname
));
7329 /* Character of current path component the same? */
7330 else if (*cp1
!= *cp2
)
7335 /* Output the directory table and the file name table. We try to minimize
7336 the total amount of memory needed. A heuristic is used to avoid large
7337 slowdowns with many input files. */
7340 output_file_names ()
7342 struct file_info
*files
;
7343 struct dir_info
*dirs
;
7352 /* Handle the case where file_table is empty. */
7353 if (VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table
) <= 1)
7355 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End directory table");
7356 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End file name table");
7360 /* Allocate the various arrays we need. */
7361 files
= (struct file_info
*) alloca (VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table
)
7362 * sizeof (struct file_info
));
7363 dirs
= (struct dir_info
*) alloca (VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table
)
7364 * sizeof (struct dir_info
));
7366 /* Sort the file names. */
7367 for (i
= 1; i
< VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table
); i
++)
7371 /* Skip all leading "./". */
7372 f
= VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table
, i
);
7373 while (f
[0] == '.' && f
[1] == '/')
7376 /* Create a new array entry. */
7378 files
[i
].length
= strlen (f
);
7379 files
[i
].file_idx
= i
;
7381 /* Search for the file name part. */
7382 f
= strrchr (f
, '/');
7383 files
[i
].fname
= f
== NULL
? files
[i
].path
: f
+ 1;
7386 qsort (files
+ 1, VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table
) - 1,
7387 sizeof (files
[0]), file_info_cmp
);
7389 /* Find all the different directories used. */
7390 dirs
[0].path
= files
[1].path
;
7391 dirs
[0].length
= files
[1].fname
- files
[1].path
;
7392 dirs
[0].prefix
= -1;
7394 dirs
[0].dir_idx
= 0;
7396 files
[1].dir_idx
= 0;
7399 for (i
= 2; i
< VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table
); i
++)
7400 if (files
[i
].fname
- files
[i
].path
== dirs
[ndirs
- 1].length
7401 && memcmp (dirs
[ndirs
- 1].path
, files
[i
].path
,
7402 dirs
[ndirs
- 1].length
) == 0)
7404 /* Same directory as last entry. */
7405 files
[i
].dir_idx
= ndirs
- 1;
7406 ++dirs
[ndirs
- 1].count
;
7412 /* This is a new directory. */
7413 dirs
[ndirs
].path
= files
[i
].path
;
7414 dirs
[ndirs
].length
= files
[i
].fname
- files
[i
].path
;
7415 dirs
[ndirs
].count
= 1;
7416 dirs
[ndirs
].dir_idx
= ndirs
;
7417 dirs
[ndirs
].used
= 0;
7418 files
[i
].dir_idx
= ndirs
;
7420 /* Search for a prefix. */
7421 dirs
[ndirs
].prefix
= -1;
7422 for (j
= 0; j
< ndirs
; j
++)
7423 if (dirs
[j
].length
< dirs
[ndirs
].length
7424 && dirs
[j
].length
> 1
7425 && (dirs
[ndirs
].prefix
== -1
7426 || dirs
[j
].length
> dirs
[dirs
[ndirs
].prefix
].length
)
7427 && memcmp (dirs
[j
].path
, dirs
[ndirs
].path
, dirs
[j
].length
) == 0)
7428 dirs
[ndirs
].prefix
= j
;
7433 /* Now to the actual work. We have to find a subset of the directories which
7434 allow expressing the file name using references to the directory table
7435 with the least amount of characters. We do not do an exhaustive search
7436 where we would have to check out every combination of every single
7437 possible prefix. Instead we use a heuristic which provides nearly optimal
7438 results in most cases and never is much off. */
7439 saved
= (int *) alloca (ndirs
* sizeof (int));
7440 savehere
= (int *) alloca (ndirs
* sizeof (int));
7442 memset (saved
, '\0', ndirs
* sizeof (saved
[0]));
7443 for (i
= 0; i
< ndirs
; i
++)
7448 /* We can always save some space for the current directory. But this
7449 does not mean it will be enough to justify adding the directory. */
7450 savehere
[i
] = dirs
[i
].length
;
7451 total
= (savehere
[i
] - saved
[i
]) * dirs
[i
].count
;
7453 for (j
= i
+ 1; j
< ndirs
; j
++)
7456 if (saved
[j
] < dirs
[i
].length
)
7458 /* Determine whether the dirs[i] path is a prefix of the
7463 while (k
!= -1 && k
!= (int) i
)
7468 /* Yes it is. We can possibly safe some memory but
7469 writing the filenames in dirs[j] relative to
7471 savehere
[j
] = dirs
[i
].length
;
7472 total
+= (savehere
[j
] - saved
[j
]) * dirs
[j
].count
;
7477 /* Check whether we can safe enough to justify adding the dirs[i]
7479 if (total
> dirs
[i
].length
+ 1)
7481 /* It's worthwhile adding. */
7482 for (j
= i
; j
< ndirs
; j
++)
7483 if (savehere
[j
] > 0)
7485 /* Remember how much we saved for this directory so far. */
7486 saved
[j
] = savehere
[j
];
7488 /* Remember the prefix directory. */
7489 dirs
[j
].dir_idx
= i
;
7494 /* We have to emit them in the order they appear in the file_table array
7495 since the index is used in the debug info generation. To do this
7496 efficiently we generate a back-mapping of the indices first. */
7497 backmap
= (int *) alloca (VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table
) * sizeof (int));
7498 for (i
= 1; i
< VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table
); i
++)
7500 backmap
[files
[i
].file_idx
] = i
;
7502 /* Mark this directory as used. */
7503 dirs
[dirs
[files
[i
].dir_idx
].dir_idx
].used
= 1;
7506 /* That was it. We are ready to emit the information. First emit the
7507 directory name table. We have to make sure the first actually emitted
7508 directory name has index one; zero is reserved for the current working
7509 directory. Make sure we do not confuse these indices with the one for the
7510 constructed table (even though most of the time they are identical). */
7512 idx_offset
= dirs
[0].length
> 0 ? 1 : 0;
7513 for (i
= 1 - idx_offset
; i
< ndirs
; i
++)
7514 if (dirs
[i
].used
!= 0)
7516 dirs
[i
].used
= idx
++;
7517 dw2_asm_output_nstring (dirs
[i
].path
, dirs
[i
].length
- 1,
7518 "Directory Entry: 0x%x", dirs
[i
].used
);
7521 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End directory table");
7523 /* Correct the index for the current working directory entry if it
7525 if (idx_offset
== 0)
7528 /* Now write all the file names. */
7529 for (i
= 1; i
< VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table
); i
++)
7531 int file_idx
= backmap
[i
];
7532 int dir_idx
= dirs
[files
[file_idx
].dir_idx
].dir_idx
;
7534 dw2_asm_output_nstring (files
[file_idx
].path
+ dirs
[dir_idx
].length
, -1,
7535 "File Entry: 0x%lx", (unsigned long) i
);
7537 /* Include directory index. */
7538 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (dirs
[dir_idx
].used
, NULL
);
7540 /* Modification time. */
7541 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, NULL
);
7543 /* File length in bytes. */
7544 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, NULL
);
7547 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End file name table");
7551 /* Output the source line number correspondence information. This
7552 information goes into the .debug_line section. */
7557 char l1
[20], l2
[20], p1
[20], p2
[20];
7558 char line_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
7559 char prev_line_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
7562 unsigned long lt_index
;
7563 unsigned long current_line
;
7566 unsigned long current_file
;
7567 unsigned long function
;
7569 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, LINE_NUMBER_BEGIN_LABEL
, 0);
7570 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2
, LINE_NUMBER_END_LABEL
, 0);
7571 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (p1
, LN_PROLOG_AS_LABEL
, 0);
7572 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (p2
, LN_PROLOG_END_LABEL
, 0);
7574 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4)
7575 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
7576 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
7577 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, l2
, l1
,
7578 "Length of Source Line Info");
7579 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l1
);
7581 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION
, "DWARF Version");
7582 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, p2
, p1
, "Prolog Length");
7583 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, p1
);
7585 /* Define the architecture-dependent minimum instruction length (in
7586 bytes). In this implementation of DWARF, this field is used for
7587 information purposes only. Since GCC generates assembly language,
7588 we have no a priori knowledge of how many instruction bytes are
7589 generated for each source line, and therefore can use only the
7590 DW_LNE_set_address and DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc line information
7591 commands. Accordingly, we fix this as `1', which is "correct
7592 enough" for all architectures, and don't let the target override. */
7593 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 1,
7594 "Minimum Instruction Length");
7596 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START
,
7597 "Default is_stmt_start flag");
7598 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_BASE
,
7599 "Line Base Value (Special Opcodes)");
7600 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_RANGE
,
7601 "Line Range Value (Special Opcodes)");
7602 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE
,
7603 "Special Opcode Base");
7605 for (opc
= 1; opc
< DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE
; opc
++)
7609 case DW_LNS_advance_pc
:
7610 case DW_LNS_advance_line
:
7611 case DW_LNS_set_file
:
7612 case DW_LNS_set_column
:
7613 case DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc
:
7621 dw2_asm_output_data (1, n_op_args
, "opcode: 0x%x has %d args",
7625 /* Write out the information about the files we use. */
7626 output_file_names ();
7627 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, p2
);
7629 /* We used to set the address register to the first location in the text
7630 section here, but that didn't accomplish anything since we already
7631 have a line note for the opening brace of the first function. */
7633 /* Generate the line number to PC correspondence table, encoded as
7634 a series of state machine operations. */
7637 strcpy (prev_line_label
, text_section_label
);
7638 for (lt_index
= 1; lt_index
< line_info_table_in_use
; ++lt_index
)
7640 dw_line_info_ref line_info
= &line_info_table
[lt_index
];
7643 /* Disable this optimization for now; GDB wants to see two line notes
7644 at the beginning of a function so it can find the end of the
7647 /* Don't emit anything for redundant notes. Just updating the
7648 address doesn't accomplish anything, because we already assume
7649 that anything after the last address is this line. */
7650 if (line_info
->dw_line_num
== current_line
7651 && line_info
->dw_file_num
== current_file
)
7655 /* Emit debug info for the address of the current line.
7657 Unfortunately, we have little choice here currently, and must always
7658 use the most general form. GCC does not know the address delta
7659 itself, so we can't use DW_LNS_advance_pc. Many ports do have length
7660 attributes which will give an upper bound on the address range. We
7661 could perhaps use length attributes to determine when it is safe to
7662 use DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc. */
7664 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label
, LINE_CODE_LABEL
, lt_index
);
7667 /* This can handle deltas up to 0xffff. This takes 3 bytes. */
7668 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc
,
7669 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
7670 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label
, prev_line_label
, NULL
);
7674 /* This can handle any delta. This takes
7675 4+DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE bytes. */
7676 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
7677 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, NULL
);
7678 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address
, NULL
);
7679 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, line_label
, NULL
);
7682 strcpy (prev_line_label
, line_label
);
7684 /* Emit debug info for the source file of the current line, if
7685 different from the previous line. */
7686 if (line_info
->dw_file_num
!= current_file
)
7688 current_file
= line_info
->dw_file_num
;
7689 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_file
, "DW_LNS_set_file");
7690 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (current_file
, "(\"%s\")",
7691 VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table
,
7695 /* Emit debug info for the current line number, choosing the encoding
7696 that uses the least amount of space. */
7697 if (line_info
->dw_line_num
!= current_line
)
7699 line_offset
= line_info
->dw_line_num
- current_line
;
7700 line_delta
= line_offset
- DWARF_LINE_BASE
;
7701 current_line
= line_info
->dw_line_num
;
7702 if (line_delta
>= 0 && line_delta
< (DWARF_LINE_RANGE
- 1))
7703 /* This can handle deltas from -10 to 234, using the current
7704 definitions of DWARF_LINE_BASE and DWARF_LINE_RANGE. This
7706 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE
+ line_delta
,
7707 "line %lu", current_line
);
7710 /* This can handle any delta. This takes at least 4 bytes,
7711 depending on the value being encoded. */
7712 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_advance_line
,
7713 "advance to line %lu", current_line
);
7714 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (line_offset
, NULL
);
7715 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy
, "DW_LNS_copy");
7719 /* We still need to start a new row, so output a copy insn. */
7720 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy
, "DW_LNS_copy");
7723 /* Emit debug info for the address of the end of the function. */
7726 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc
,
7727 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
7728 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, text_end_label
, prev_line_label
, NULL
);
7732 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
7733 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, NULL
);
7734 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address
, NULL
);
7735 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, text_end_label
, NULL
);
7738 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_end_sequence");
7739 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, NULL
);
7740 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_end_sequence
, NULL
);
7745 for (lt_index
= 0; lt_index
< separate_line_info_table_in_use
;)
7747 dw_separate_line_info_ref line_info
7748 = &separate_line_info_table
[lt_index
];
7751 /* Don't emit anything for redundant notes. */
7752 if (line_info
->dw_line_num
== current_line
7753 && line_info
->dw_file_num
== current_file
7754 && line_info
->function
== function
)
7758 /* Emit debug info for the address of the current line. If this is
7759 a new function, or the first line of a function, then we need
7760 to handle it differently. */
7761 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label
, SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL
,
7763 if (function
!= line_info
->function
)
7765 function
= line_info
->function
;
7767 /* Set the address register to the first line in the function */
7768 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
7769 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, NULL
);
7770 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address
, NULL
);
7771 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, line_label
, NULL
);
7775 /* ??? See the DW_LNS_advance_pc comment above. */
7778 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc
,
7779 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
7780 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label
, prev_line_label
, NULL
);
7784 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
7785 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, NULL
);
7786 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address
, NULL
);
7787 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, line_label
, NULL
);
7791 strcpy (prev_line_label
, line_label
);
7793 /* Emit debug info for the source file of the current line, if
7794 different from the previous line. */
7795 if (line_info
->dw_file_num
!= current_file
)
7797 current_file
= line_info
->dw_file_num
;
7798 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_file
, "DW_LNS_set_file");
7799 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (current_file
, "(\"%s\")",
7800 VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table
,
7804 /* Emit debug info for the current line number, choosing the encoding
7805 that uses the least amount of space. */
7806 if (line_info
->dw_line_num
!= current_line
)
7808 line_offset
= line_info
->dw_line_num
- current_line
;
7809 line_delta
= line_offset
- DWARF_LINE_BASE
;
7810 current_line
= line_info
->dw_line_num
;
7811 if (line_delta
>= 0 && line_delta
< (DWARF_LINE_RANGE
- 1))
7812 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE
+ line_delta
,
7813 "line %lu", current_line
);
7816 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_advance_line
,
7817 "advance to line %lu", current_line
);
7818 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (line_offset
, NULL
);
7819 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy
, "DW_LNS_copy");
7823 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy
, "DW_LNS_copy");
7831 /* If we're done with a function, end its sequence. */
7832 if (lt_index
== separate_line_info_table_in_use
7833 || separate_line_info_table
[lt_index
].function
!= function
)
7838 /* Emit debug info for the address of the end of the function. */
7839 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label
, FUNC_END_LABEL
, function
);
7842 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc
,
7843 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
7844 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label
, prev_line_label
, NULL
);
7848 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
7849 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, NULL
);
7850 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address
, NULL
);
7851 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, line_label
, NULL
);
7854 /* Output the marker for the end of this sequence. */
7855 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_end_sequence");
7856 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, NULL
);
7857 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_end_sequence
, NULL
);
7861 /* Output the marker for the end of the line number info. */
7862 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l2
);
7865 /* Given a pointer to a tree node for some base type, return a pointer to
7866 a DIE that describes the given type.
7868 This routine must only be called for GCC type nodes that correspond to
7869 Dwarf base (fundamental) types. */
7872 base_type_die (type
)
7875 dw_die_ref base_type_result
;
7876 const char *type_name
;
7877 enum dwarf_type encoding
;
7878 tree name
= TYPE_NAME (type
);
7880 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ERROR_MARK
|| TREE_CODE (type
) == VOID_TYPE
)
7885 if (TREE_CODE (name
) == TYPE_DECL
)
7886 name
= DECL_NAME (name
);
7888 type_name
= IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name
);
7891 type_name
= "__unknown__";
7893 switch (TREE_CODE (type
))
7896 /* Carefully distinguish the C character types, without messing
7897 up if the language is not C. Note that we check only for the names
7898 that contain spaces; other names might occur by coincidence in other
7900 if (! (TYPE_PRECISION (type
) == CHAR_TYPE_SIZE
7901 && (type
== char_type_node
7902 || ! strcmp (type_name
, "signed char")
7903 || ! strcmp (type_name
, "unsigned char"))))
7905 if (TREE_UNSIGNED (type
))
7906 encoding
= DW_ATE_unsigned
;
7908 encoding
= DW_ATE_signed
;
7911 /* else fall through. */
7914 /* GNU Pascal/Ada CHAR type. Not used in C. */
7915 if (TREE_UNSIGNED (type
))
7916 encoding
= DW_ATE_unsigned_char
;
7918 encoding
= DW_ATE_signed_char
;
7922 encoding
= DW_ATE_float
;
7925 /* Dwarf2 doesn't know anything about complex ints, so use
7926 a user defined type for it. */
7928 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (type
)) == REAL_TYPE
)
7929 encoding
= DW_ATE_complex_float
;
7931 encoding
= DW_ATE_lo_user
;
7935 /* GNU FORTRAN/Ada/C++ BOOLEAN type. */
7936 encoding
= DW_ATE_boolean
;
7940 /* No other TREE_CODEs are Dwarf fundamental types. */
7944 base_type_result
= new_die (DW_TAG_base_type
, comp_unit_die
, type
);
7945 if (demangle_name_func
)
7946 type_name
= (*demangle_name_func
) (type_name
);
7948 add_AT_string (base_type_result
, DW_AT_name
, type_name
);
7949 add_AT_unsigned (base_type_result
, DW_AT_byte_size
,
7950 int_size_in_bytes (type
));
7951 add_AT_unsigned (base_type_result
, DW_AT_encoding
, encoding
);
7953 return base_type_result
;
7956 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return a pointer to
7957 the Dwarf "root" type for the given input type. The Dwarf "root" type of
7958 a given type is generally the same as the given type, except that if the
7959 given type is a pointer or reference type, then the root type of the given
7960 type is the root type of the "basis" type for the pointer or reference
7961 type. (This definition of the "root" type is recursive.) Also, the root
7962 type of a `const' qualified type or a `volatile' qualified type is the
7963 root type of the given type without the qualifiers. */
7969 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ERROR_MARK
)
7970 return error_mark_node
;
7972 switch (TREE_CODE (type
))
7975 return error_mark_node
;
7978 case REFERENCE_TYPE
:
7979 return type_main_variant (root_type (TREE_TYPE (type
)));
7982 return type_main_variant (type
);
7986 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return nonzero if the
7987 given input type is a Dwarf "fundamental" type. Otherwise return null. */
7993 switch (TREE_CODE (type
))
8008 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE
:
8013 case REFERENCE_TYPE
:
8027 /* Given a pointer to a tree node, assumed to be some kind of a ..._TYPE
8028 node, return the size in bits for the type if it is a constant, or else
8029 return the alignment for the type if the type's size is not constant, or
8030 else return BITS_PER_WORD if the type actually turns out to be an
8033 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
8034 simple_type_size_in_bits (type
)
8037 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ERROR_MARK
)
8038 return BITS_PER_WORD
;
8039 else if (TYPE_SIZE (type
) == NULL_TREE
)
8041 else if (host_integerp (TYPE_SIZE (type
), 1))
8042 return tree_low_cst (TYPE_SIZE (type
), 1);
8044 return TYPE_ALIGN (type
);
8047 /* Return true if the debug information for the given type should be
8048 emitted as a subrange type. */
8051 is_ada_subrange_type (type
)
8054 /* We do this for INTEGER_TYPEs that have names, parent types, and when
8055 we are compiling Ada code. */
8056 return (TREE_CODE (type
) == INTEGER_TYPE
8057 && TYPE_NAME (type
) != 0 && TREE_TYPE (type
) != 0
8058 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (type
)) == INTEGER_TYPE
8059 && TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (type
)) && is_ada ());
8062 /* Given a pointer to a tree node for a subrange type, return a pointer
8063 to a DIE that describes the given type. */
8066 subrange_type_die (type
)
8069 dw_die_ref subtype_die
;
8070 dw_die_ref subrange_die
;
8071 tree name
= TYPE_NAME (type
);
8073 subtype_die
= base_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type
));
8075 if (TREE_CODE (name
) == TYPE_DECL
)
8076 name
= DECL_NAME (name
);
8078 subrange_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type
, comp_unit_die
, type
);
8079 add_name_attribute (subrange_die
, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name
));
8080 if (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (type
) != NULL
)
8081 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, DW_AT_lower_bound
,
8082 TYPE_MIN_VALUE (type
));
8083 if (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (type
) != NULL
)
8084 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, DW_AT_upper_bound
,
8085 TYPE_MAX_VALUE (type
));
8086 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die
, DW_AT_type
, subtype_die
);
8088 return subrange_die
;
8091 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return a debugging
8092 entry that chains various modifiers in front of the given type. */
8095 modified_type_die (type
, is_const_type
, is_volatile_type
, context_die
)
8098 int is_volatile_type
;
8099 dw_die_ref context_die
;
8101 enum tree_code code
= TREE_CODE (type
);
8102 dw_die_ref mod_type_die
= NULL
;
8103 dw_die_ref sub_die
= NULL
;
8104 tree item_type
= NULL
;
8106 if (code
!= ERROR_MARK
)
8108 tree qualified_type
;
8110 /* See if we already have the appropriately qualified variant of
8113 = get_qualified_type (type
,
8114 ((is_const_type
? TYPE_QUAL_CONST
: 0)
8116 ? TYPE_QUAL_VOLATILE
: 0)));
8118 /* If we do, then we can just use its DIE, if it exists. */
8121 mod_type_die
= lookup_type_die (qualified_type
);
8123 return mod_type_die
;
8126 /* Handle C typedef types. */
8127 if (qualified_type
&& TYPE_NAME (qualified_type
)
8128 && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (qualified_type
)) == TYPE_DECL
8129 && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (qualified_type
)))
8131 tree type_name
= TYPE_NAME (qualified_type
);
8132 tree dtype
= TREE_TYPE (type_name
);
8134 if (qualified_type
== dtype
)
8136 /* For a named type, use the typedef. */
8137 gen_type_die (qualified_type
, context_die
);
8138 mod_type_die
= lookup_type_die (qualified_type
);
8140 else if (is_const_type
< TYPE_READONLY (dtype
)
8141 || is_volatile_type
< TYPE_VOLATILE (dtype
))
8142 /* cv-unqualified version of named type. Just use the unnamed
8143 type to which it refers. */
8145 = modified_type_die (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (type_name
),
8146 is_const_type
, is_volatile_type
,
8149 /* Else cv-qualified version of named type; fall through. */
8155 else if (is_const_type
)
8157 mod_type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_const_type
, comp_unit_die
, type
);
8158 sub_die
= modified_type_die (type
, 0, is_volatile_type
, context_die
);
8160 else if (is_volatile_type
)
8162 mod_type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_volatile_type
, comp_unit_die
, type
);
8163 sub_die
= modified_type_die (type
, 0, 0, context_die
);
8165 else if (code
== POINTER_TYPE
)
8167 mod_type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_pointer_type
, comp_unit_die
, type
);
8168 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
,
8169 simple_type_size_in_bits (type
) / BITS_PER_UNIT
);
8171 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_address_class
, 0);
8173 item_type
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
8175 else if (code
== REFERENCE_TYPE
)
8177 mod_type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_reference_type
, comp_unit_die
, type
);
8178 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
,
8179 simple_type_size_in_bits (type
) / BITS_PER_UNIT
);
8181 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_address_class
, 0);
8183 item_type
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
8185 else if (is_ada_subrange_type (type
))
8186 mod_type_die
= subrange_type_die (type
);
8187 else if (is_base_type (type
))
8188 mod_type_die
= base_type_die (type
);
8191 gen_type_die (type
, context_die
);
8193 /* We have to get the type_main_variant here (and pass that to the
8194 `lookup_type_die' routine) because the ..._TYPE node we have
8195 might simply be a *copy* of some original type node (where the
8196 copy was created to help us keep track of typedef names) and
8197 that copy might have a different TYPE_UID from the original
8199 if (TREE_CODE (type
) != VECTOR_TYPE
)
8200 mod_type_die
= lookup_type_die (type_main_variant (type
));
8202 /* Vectors have the debugging information in the type,
8203 not the main variant. */
8204 mod_type_die
= lookup_type_die (type
);
8205 if (mod_type_die
== NULL
)
8209 /* We want to equate the qualified type to the die below. */
8210 type
= qualified_type
;
8214 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, mod_type_die
);
8216 /* We must do this after the equate_type_number_to_die call, in case
8217 this is a recursive type. This ensures that the modified_type_die
8218 recursion will terminate even if the type is recursive. Recursive
8219 types are possible in Ada. */
8220 sub_die
= modified_type_die (item_type
,
8221 TYPE_READONLY (item_type
),
8222 TYPE_VOLATILE (item_type
),
8225 if (sub_die
!= NULL
)
8226 add_AT_die_ref (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_type
, sub_die
);
8228 return mod_type_die
;
8231 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return true if it is
8232 an enumerated type. */
8238 return TREE_CODE (type
) == ENUMERAL_TYPE
;
8241 /* Return the register number described by a given RTL node. */
8247 unsigned regno
= REGNO (rtl
);
8249 if (regno
>= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
)
8252 return DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (regno
);
8255 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a machine register or
8256 zero if there is none. */
8258 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8259 reg_loc_descriptor (rtl
)
8265 if (REGNO (rtl
) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
)
8268 reg
= reg_number (rtl
);
8269 regs
= (*targetm
.dwarf_register_span
) (rtl
);
8271 if (HARD_REGNO_NREGS (reg
, GET_MODE (rtl
)) > 1
8273 return multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtl
, regs
);
8275 return one_reg_loc_descriptor (reg
);
8278 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a machine register for
8279 a given hard register number. */
8281 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8282 one_reg_loc_descriptor (regno
)
8286 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_reg0
+ regno
, 0, 0);
8288 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_regx
, regno
, 0);
8291 /* Given an RTL of a register, return a location descriptor that
8292 designates a value that spans more than one register. */
8294 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8295 multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtl
, regs
)
8300 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result
= NULL
;
8302 reg
= reg_number (rtl
);
8303 nregs
= HARD_REGNO_NREGS (reg
, GET_MODE (rtl
));
8305 /* Simple, contiguous registers. */
8306 if (regs
== NULL_RTX
)
8308 size
= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl
)) / nregs
;
8315 t
= one_reg_loc_descriptor (reg
);
8316 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
, t
);
8317 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece
, size
, 0));
8323 /* Now onto stupid register sets in non contiguous locations. */
8325 if (GET_CODE (regs
) != PARALLEL
)
8328 size
= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XVECEXP (regs
, 0, 0)));
8331 for (i
= 0; i
< XVECLEN (regs
, 0); ++i
)
8335 t
= one_reg_loc_descriptor (REGNO (XVECEXP (regs
, 0, i
)));
8336 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
, t
);
8337 size
= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XVECEXP (regs
, 0, 0)));
8338 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece
, size
, 0));
8343 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a constant. */
8345 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8346 int_loc_descriptor (i
)
8349 enum dwarf_location_atom op
;
8351 /* Pick the smallest representation of a constant, rather than just
8352 defaulting to the LEB encoding. */
8356 op
= DW_OP_lit0
+ i
;
8359 else if (i
<= 0xffff)
8361 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
== 32
8371 else if (i
>= -0x8000)
8373 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
== 32
8374 || i
>= -0x80000000)
8380 return new_loc_descr (op
, i
, 0);
8383 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a base+offset location. */
8385 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8386 based_loc_descr (reg
, offset
)
8390 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result
;
8391 /* For the "frame base", we use the frame pointer or stack pointer
8392 registers, since the RTL for local variables is relative to one of
8394 unsigned fp_reg
= DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (frame_pointer_needed
8395 ? HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
8396 : STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
);
8399 loc_result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_fbreg
, offset
, 0);
8401 loc_result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_breg0
+ reg
, offset
, 0);
8403 loc_result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx
, reg
, offset
);
8408 /* Return true if this RTL expression describes a base+offset calculation. */
8414 return (GET_CODE (rtl
) == PLUS
8415 && ((GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == REG
8416 && REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
8417 && GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 1)) == CONST_INT
)));
8420 /* The following routine converts the RTL for a variable or parameter
8421 (resident in memory) into an equivalent Dwarf representation of a
8422 mechanism for getting the address of that same variable onto the top of a
8423 hypothetical "address evaluation" stack.
8425 When creating memory location descriptors, we are effectively transforming
8426 the RTL for a memory-resident object into its Dwarf postfix expression
8427 equivalent. This routine recursively descends an RTL tree, turning
8428 it into Dwarf postfix code as it goes.
8430 MODE is the mode of the memory reference, needed to handle some
8431 autoincrement addressing modes.
8433 Return 0 if we can't represent the location. */
8435 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8436 mem_loc_descriptor (rtl
, mode
)
8438 enum machine_mode mode
;
8440 dw_loc_descr_ref mem_loc_result
= NULL
;
8442 /* Note that for a dynamically sized array, the location we will generate a
8443 description of here will be the lowest numbered location which is
8444 actually within the array. That's *not* necessarily the same as the
8445 zeroth element of the array. */
8447 rtl
= (*targetm
.delegitimize_address
) (rtl
);
8449 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
8454 /* POST_INC and POST_DEC can be handled just like a SUBREG. So we
8455 just fall into the SUBREG code. */
8457 /* ... fall through ... */
8460 /* The case of a subreg may arise when we have a local (register)
8461 variable or a formal (register) parameter which doesn't quite fill
8462 up an entire register. For now, just assume that it is
8463 legitimate to make the Dwarf info refer to the whole register which
8464 contains the given subreg. */
8465 rtl
= SUBREG_REG (rtl
);
8467 /* ... fall through ... */
8470 /* Whenever a register number forms a part of the description of the
8471 method for calculating the (dynamic) address of a memory resident
8472 object, DWARF rules require the register number be referred to as
8473 a "base register". This distinction is not based in any way upon
8474 what category of register the hardware believes the given register
8475 belongs to. This is strictly DWARF terminology we're dealing with
8476 here. Note that in cases where the location of a memory-resident
8477 data object could be expressed as: OP_ADD (OP_BASEREG (basereg),
8478 OP_CONST (0)) the actual DWARF location descriptor that we generate
8479 may just be OP_BASEREG (basereg). This may look deceptively like
8480 the object in question was allocated to a register (rather than in
8481 memory) so DWARF consumers need to be aware of the subtle
8482 distinction between OP_REG and OP_BASEREG. */
8483 if (REGNO (rtl
) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
)
8484 mem_loc_result
= based_loc_descr (reg_number (rtl
), 0);
8488 mem_loc_result
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), GET_MODE (rtl
));
8489 if (mem_loc_result
!= 0)
8490 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref
, 0, 0));
8494 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 1);
8496 /* ... fall through ... */
8499 /* Some ports can transform a symbol ref into a label ref, because
8500 the symbol ref is too far away and has to be dumped into a constant
8504 /* Alternatively, the symbol in the constant pool might be referenced
8505 by a different symbol. */
8506 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == SYMBOL_REF
&& CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (rtl
))
8509 rtx tmp
= get_pool_constant_mark (rtl
, &marked
);
8511 if (GET_CODE (tmp
) == SYMBOL_REF
)
8514 if (CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (tmp
))
8515 get_pool_constant_mark (tmp
, &marked
);
8520 /* If all references to this pool constant were optimized away,
8521 it was not output and thus we can't represent it.
8522 FIXME: might try to use DW_OP_const_value here, though
8523 DW_OP_piece complicates it. */
8528 mem_loc_result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr
, 0, 0);
8529 mem_loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_addr
;
8530 mem_loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
= rtl
;
8531 VARRAY_PUSH_RTX (used_rtx_varray
, rtl
);
8535 /* Extract the PLUS expression nested inside and fall into
8537 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 1);
8542 /* Turn these into a PLUS expression and fall into the PLUS code
8544 rtl
= gen_rtx_PLUS (word_mode
, XEXP (rtl
, 0),
8545 GEN_INT (GET_CODE (rtl
) == PRE_INC
8546 ? GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode
)
8547 : -GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode
)));
8549 /* ... fall through ... */
8553 if (is_based_loc (rtl
))
8554 mem_loc_result
= based_loc_descr (reg_number (XEXP (rtl
, 0)),
8555 INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1)));
8558 mem_loc_result
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
);
8559 if (mem_loc_result
== 0)
8562 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 1)) == CONST_INT
8563 && INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1)) >= 0)
8564 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
,
8565 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
,
8566 INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1)), 0));
8569 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
,
8570 mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 1), mode
));
8571 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
,
8572 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus
, 0, 0));
8579 /* If a pseudo-reg is optimized away, it is possible for it to
8580 be replaced with a MEM containing a multiply. */
8581 dw_loc_descr_ref op0
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
);
8582 dw_loc_descr_ref op1
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 1), mode
);
8584 if (op0
== 0 || op1
== 0)
8587 mem_loc_result
= op0
;
8588 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, op1
);
8589 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_mul
, 0, 0));
8594 mem_loc_result
= int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (rtl
));
8598 /* If this is a MEM, return its address. Otherwise, we can't
8600 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == MEM
)
8601 return mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (XEXP (rtl
, 0), 0), mode
);
8609 return mem_loc_result
;
8612 /* Return a descriptor that describes the concatenation of two locations.
8613 This is typically a complex variable. */
8615 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8616 concat_loc_descriptor (x0
, x1
)
8619 dw_loc_descr_ref cc_loc_result
= NULL
;
8620 dw_loc_descr_ref x0_ref
= loc_descriptor (x0
);
8621 dw_loc_descr_ref x1_ref
= loc_descriptor (x1
);
8623 if (x0_ref
== 0 || x1_ref
== 0)
8626 cc_loc_result
= x0_ref
;
8627 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result
,
8628 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece
,
8629 GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x0
)), 0));
8631 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result
, x1_ref
);
8632 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result
,
8633 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece
,
8634 GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x1
)), 0));
8636 return cc_loc_result
;
8639 /* Output a proper Dwarf location descriptor for a variable or parameter
8640 which is either allocated in a register or in a memory location. For a
8641 register, we just generate an OP_REG and the register number. For a
8642 memory location we provide a Dwarf postfix expression describing how to
8643 generate the (dynamic) address of the object onto the address stack.
8645 If we don't know how to describe it, return 0. */
8647 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8648 loc_descriptor (rtl
)
8651 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result
= NULL
;
8653 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
8656 /* The case of a subreg may arise when we have a local (register)
8657 variable or a formal (register) parameter which doesn't quite fill
8658 up an entire register. For now, just assume that it is
8659 legitimate to make the Dwarf info refer to the whole register which
8660 contains the given subreg. */
8661 rtl
= SUBREG_REG (rtl
);
8663 /* ... fall through ... */
8666 loc_result
= reg_loc_descriptor (rtl
);
8670 loc_result
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), GET_MODE (rtl
));
8674 loc_result
= concat_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), XEXP (rtl
, 1));
8684 /* Similar, but generate the descriptor from trees instead of rtl. This comes
8685 up particularly with variable length arrays. If ADDRESSP is nonzero, we are
8686 looking for an address. Otherwise, we return a value. If we can't make a
8687 descriptor, return 0. */
8689 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8690 loc_descriptor_from_tree (loc
, addressp
)
8694 dw_loc_descr_ref ret
, ret1
;
8696 int unsignedp
= TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc
));
8697 enum dwarf_location_atom op
;
8699 /* ??? Most of the time we do not take proper care for sign/zero
8700 extending the values properly. Hopefully this won't be a real
8703 switch (TREE_CODE (loc
))
8708 case WITH_RECORD_EXPR
:
8709 case PLACEHOLDER_EXPR
:
8710 /* This case involves extracting fields from an object to determine the
8711 position of other fields. We don't try to encode this here. The
8712 only user of this is Ada, which encodes the needed information using
8713 the names of types. */
8720 /* We can support this only if we can look through conversions and
8721 find an INDIRECT_EXPR. */
8722 for (loc
= TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0);
8723 TREE_CODE (loc
) == CONVERT_EXPR
|| TREE_CODE (loc
) == NOP_EXPR
8724 || TREE_CODE (loc
) == NON_LVALUE_EXPR
8725 || TREE_CODE (loc
) == VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR
8726 || TREE_CODE (loc
) == SAVE_EXPR
;
8727 loc
= TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0))
8730 return (TREE_CODE (loc
) == INDIRECT_REF
8731 ? loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), addressp
)
8735 if (DECL_THREAD_LOCAL (loc
))
8739 #ifndef ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DTPREL
8740 /* If this is not defined, we have no way to emit the data. */
8744 /* The way DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address is specified, we can only
8745 look up addresses of objects in the current module. */
8746 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (loc
))
8749 rtl
= rtl_for_decl_location (loc
);
8750 if (rtl
== NULL_RTX
)
8753 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) != MEM
)
8755 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 0);
8756 if (! CONSTANT_P (rtl
))
8759 ret
= new_loc_descr (INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr
, 0, 0);
8760 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_addr
;
8761 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
= rtl
;
8763 ret1
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address
, 0, 0);
8764 add_loc_descr (&ret
, ret1
);
8773 rtx rtl
= rtl_for_decl_location (loc
);
8775 if (rtl
== NULL_RTX
)
8777 else if (CONSTANT_P (rtl
))
8779 ret
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr
, 0, 0);
8780 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_addr
;
8781 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
= rtl
;
8786 enum machine_mode mode
= GET_MODE (rtl
);
8788 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == MEM
)
8791 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 0);
8794 ret
= mem_loc_descriptor (rtl
, mode
);
8800 ret
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0);
8805 return loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), addressp
);
8809 case NON_LVALUE_EXPR
:
8810 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR
:
8813 return loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), addressp
);
8818 case ARRAY_RANGE_REF
:
8821 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize
, bitpos
, bytepos
;
8822 enum machine_mode mode
;
8825 obj
= get_inner_reference (loc
, &bitsize
, &bitpos
, &offset
, &mode
,
8826 &unsignedp
, &volatilep
);
8831 ret
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (obj
, 1);
8833 || bitpos
% BITS_PER_UNIT
!= 0 || bitsize
% BITS_PER_UNIT
!= 0)
8836 if (offset
!= NULL_TREE
)
8838 /* Variable offset. */
8839 add_loc_descr (&ret
, loc_descriptor_from_tree (offset
, 0));
8840 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus
, 0, 0));
8846 bytepos
= bitpos
/ BITS_PER_UNIT
;
8848 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
, bytepos
, 0));
8849 else if (bytepos
< 0)
8851 add_loc_descr (&ret
, int_loc_descriptor (bytepos
));
8852 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus
, 0, 0));
8858 if (host_integerp (loc
, 0))
8859 ret
= int_loc_descriptor (tree_low_cst (loc
, 0));
8864 case TRUTH_AND_EXPR
:
8865 case TRUTH_ANDIF_EXPR
:
8870 case TRUTH_XOR_EXPR
:
8876 case TRUTH_ORIF_EXPR
:
8881 case FLOOR_DIV_EXPR
:
8883 case ROUND_DIV_EXPR
:
8884 case TRUNC_DIV_EXPR
:
8892 case FLOOR_MOD_EXPR
:
8894 case ROUND_MOD_EXPR
:
8895 case TRUNC_MOD_EXPR
:
8908 op
= (unsignedp
? DW_OP_shr
: DW_OP_shra
);
8912 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1)) == INTEGER_CST
8913 && host_integerp (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), 0))
8915 ret
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0);
8919 add_loc_descr (&ret
,
8920 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
,
8921 tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1),
8931 if (TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0))))
8938 if (TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0))))
8945 if (TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0))))
8952 if (TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0))))
8967 ret
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0);
8968 ret1
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), 0);
8969 if (ret
== 0 || ret1
== 0)
8972 add_loc_descr (&ret
, ret1
);
8973 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
8976 case TRUTH_NOT_EXPR
:
8990 ret
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0);
8994 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
8998 loc
= build (COND_EXPR
, TREE_TYPE (loc
),
8999 build (LT_EXPR
, integer_type_node
,
9000 TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1)),
9001 TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0));
9003 /* ... fall through ... */
9007 dw_loc_descr_ref lhs
9008 = loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), 0);
9009 dw_loc_descr_ref rhs
9010 = loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 2), 0);
9011 dw_loc_descr_ref bra_node
, jump_node
, tmp
;
9013 ret
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0);
9014 if (ret
== 0 || lhs
== 0 || rhs
== 0)
9017 bra_node
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bra
, 0, 0);
9018 add_loc_descr (&ret
, bra_node
);
9020 add_loc_descr (&ret
, rhs
);
9021 jump_node
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_skip
, 0, 0);
9022 add_loc_descr (&ret
, jump_node
);
9024 add_loc_descr (&ret
, lhs
);
9025 bra_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc
;
9026 bra_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_loc
= lhs
;
9028 /* ??? Need a node to point the skip at. Use a nop. */
9029 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_nop
, 0, 0);
9030 add_loc_descr (&ret
, tmp
);
9031 jump_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc
;
9032 jump_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_loc
= tmp
;
9037 /* Leave front-end specific codes as simply unknown. This comes
9038 up, for instance, with the C STMT_EXPR. */
9039 if ((unsigned int) TREE_CODE (loc
)
9040 >= (unsigned int) LAST_AND_UNUSED_TREE_CODE
)
9043 /* Otherwise this is a generic code; we should just lists all of
9044 these explicitly. Aborting means we forgot one. */
9048 /* Show if we can't fill the request for an address. */
9049 if (addressp
&& indirect_p
== 0)
9052 /* If we've got an address and don't want one, dereference. */
9053 if (!addressp
&& indirect_p
> 0)
9055 HOST_WIDE_INT size
= int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc
));
9057 if (size
> DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
|| size
== -1)
9059 else if (size
== DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
9062 op
= DW_OP_deref_size
;
9064 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (op
, size
, 0));
9070 /* Given a value, round it up to the lowest multiple of `boundary'
9071 which is not less than the value itself. */
9073 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
9074 ceiling (value
, boundary
)
9075 HOST_WIDE_INT value
;
9076 unsigned int boundary
;
9078 return (((value
+ boundary
- 1) / boundary
) * boundary
);
9081 /* Given a pointer to what is assumed to be a FIELD_DECL node, return a
9082 pointer to the declared type for the relevant field variable, or return
9083 `integer_type_node' if the given node turns out to be an
9092 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == ERROR_MARK
)
9093 return integer_type_node
;
9095 type
= DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl
);
9096 if (type
== NULL_TREE
)
9097 type
= TREE_TYPE (decl
);
9102 /* Given a pointer to a tree node, return the alignment in bits for
9103 it, or else return BITS_PER_WORD if the node actually turns out to
9104 be an ERROR_MARK node. */
9106 static inline unsigned
9107 simple_type_align_in_bits (type
)
9110 return (TREE_CODE (type
) != ERROR_MARK
) ? TYPE_ALIGN (type
) : BITS_PER_WORD
;
9113 static inline unsigned
9114 simple_decl_align_in_bits (decl
)
9117 return (TREE_CODE (decl
) != ERROR_MARK
) ? DECL_ALIGN (decl
) : BITS_PER_WORD
;
9120 /* Given a pointer to a FIELD_DECL, compute and return the byte offset of the
9121 lowest addressed byte of the "containing object" for the given FIELD_DECL,
9122 or return 0 if we are unable to determine what that offset is, either
9123 because the argument turns out to be a pointer to an ERROR_MARK node, or
9124 because the offset is actually variable. (We can't handle the latter case
9127 static HOST_WIDE_INT
9128 field_byte_offset (decl
)
9131 unsigned int type_align_in_bits
;
9132 unsigned int decl_align_in_bits
;
9133 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT type_size_in_bits
;
9134 HOST_WIDE_INT object_offset_in_bits
;
9136 tree field_size_tree
;
9137 HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos_int
;
9138 HOST_WIDE_INT deepest_bitpos
;
9139 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT field_size_in_bits
;
9141 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == ERROR_MARK
)
9143 else if (TREE_CODE (decl
) != FIELD_DECL
)
9146 type
= field_type (decl
);
9147 field_size_tree
= DECL_SIZE (decl
);
9149 /* The size could be unspecified if there was an error, or for
9150 a flexible array member. */
9151 if (! field_size_tree
)
9152 field_size_tree
= bitsize_zero_node
;
9154 /* We cannot yet cope with fields whose positions are variable, so
9155 for now, when we see such things, we simply return 0. Someday, we may
9156 be able to handle such cases, but it will be damn difficult. */
9157 if (! host_integerp (bit_position (decl
), 0))
9160 bitpos_int
= int_bit_position (decl
);
9162 /* If we don't know the size of the field, pretend it's a full word. */
9163 if (host_integerp (field_size_tree
, 1))
9164 field_size_in_bits
= tree_low_cst (field_size_tree
, 1);
9166 field_size_in_bits
= BITS_PER_WORD
;
9168 type_size_in_bits
= simple_type_size_in_bits (type
);
9169 type_align_in_bits
= simple_type_align_in_bits (type
);
9170 decl_align_in_bits
= simple_decl_align_in_bits (decl
);
9172 /* The GCC front-end doesn't make any attempt to keep track of the starting
9173 bit offset (relative to the start of the containing structure type) of the
9174 hypothetical "containing object" for a bit-field. Thus, when computing
9175 the byte offset value for the start of the "containing object" of a
9176 bit-field, we must deduce this information on our own. This can be rather
9177 tricky to do in some cases. For example, handling the following structure
9178 type definition when compiling for an i386/i486 target (which only aligns
9179 long long's to 32-bit boundaries) can be very tricky:
9181 struct S { int field1; long long field2:31; };
9183 Fortunately, there is a simple rule-of-thumb which can be used in such
9184 cases. When compiling for an i386/i486, GCC will allocate 8 bytes for the
9185 structure shown above. It decides to do this based upon one simple rule
9186 for bit-field allocation. GCC allocates each "containing object" for each
9187 bit-field at the first (i.e. lowest addressed) legitimate alignment
9188 boundary (based upon the required minimum alignment for the declared type
9189 of the field) which it can possibly use, subject to the condition that
9190 there is still enough available space remaining in the containing object
9191 (when allocated at the selected point) to fully accommodate all of the
9192 bits of the bit-field itself.
9194 This simple rule makes it obvious why GCC allocates 8 bytes for each
9195 object of the structure type shown above. When looking for a place to
9196 allocate the "containing object" for `field2', the compiler simply tries
9197 to allocate a 64-bit "containing object" at each successive 32-bit
9198 boundary (starting at zero) until it finds a place to allocate that 64-
9199 bit field such that at least 31 contiguous (and previously unallocated)
9200 bits remain within that selected 64 bit field. (As it turns out, for the
9201 example above, the compiler finds it is OK to allocate the "containing
9202 object" 64-bit field at bit-offset zero within the structure type.)
9204 Here we attempt to work backwards from the limited set of facts we're
9205 given, and we try to deduce from those facts, where GCC must have believed
9206 that the containing object started (within the structure type). The value
9207 we deduce is then used (by the callers of this routine) to generate
9208 DW_AT_location and DW_AT_bit_offset attributes for fields (both bit-fields
9209 and, in the case of DW_AT_location, regular fields as well). */
9211 /* Figure out the bit-distance from the start of the structure to the
9212 "deepest" bit of the bit-field. */
9213 deepest_bitpos
= bitpos_int
+ field_size_in_bits
;
9215 /* This is the tricky part. Use some fancy footwork to deduce where the
9216 lowest addressed bit of the containing object must be. */
9217 object_offset_in_bits
= deepest_bitpos
- type_size_in_bits
;
9219 /* Round up to type_align by default. This works best for bitfields. */
9220 object_offset_in_bits
+= type_align_in_bits
- 1;
9221 object_offset_in_bits
/= type_align_in_bits
;
9222 object_offset_in_bits
*= type_align_in_bits
;
9224 if (object_offset_in_bits
> bitpos_int
)
9226 /* Sigh, the decl must be packed. */
9227 object_offset_in_bits
= deepest_bitpos
- type_size_in_bits
;
9229 /* Round up to decl_align instead. */
9230 object_offset_in_bits
+= decl_align_in_bits
- 1;
9231 object_offset_in_bits
/= decl_align_in_bits
;
9232 object_offset_in_bits
*= decl_align_in_bits
;
9235 return object_offset_in_bits
/ BITS_PER_UNIT
;
9238 /* The following routines define various Dwarf attributes and any data
9239 associated with them. */
9241 /* Add a location description attribute value to a DIE.
9243 This emits location attributes suitable for whole variables and
9244 whole parameters. Note that the location attributes for struct fields are
9245 generated by the routine `data_member_location_attribute' below. */
9248 add_AT_location_description (die
, attr_kind
, descr
)
9250 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
;
9251 dw_loc_descr_ref descr
;
9254 add_AT_loc (die
, attr_kind
, descr
);
9257 /* Attach the specialized form of location attribute used for data members of
9258 struct and union types. In the special case of a FIELD_DECL node which
9259 represents a bit-field, the "offset" part of this special location
9260 descriptor must indicate the distance in bytes from the lowest-addressed
9261 byte of the containing struct or union type to the lowest-addressed byte of
9262 the "containing object" for the bit-field. (See the `field_byte_offset'
9265 For any given bit-field, the "containing object" is a hypothetical object
9266 (of some integral or enum type) within which the given bit-field lives. The
9267 type of this hypothetical "containing object" is always the same as the
9268 declared type of the individual bit-field itself (for GCC anyway... the
9269 DWARF spec doesn't actually mandate this). Note that it is the size (in
9270 bytes) of the hypothetical "containing object" which will be given in the
9271 DW_AT_byte_size attribute for this bit-field. (See the
9272 `byte_size_attribute' function below.) It is also used when calculating the
9273 value of the DW_AT_bit_offset attribute. (See the `bit_offset_attribute'
9277 add_data_member_location_attribute (die
, decl
)
9282 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descr
= 0;
9284 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == TREE_VEC
)
9286 /* We're working on the TAG_inheritance for a base class. */
9287 if (TREE_VIA_VIRTUAL (decl
) && is_cxx ())
9289 /* For C++ virtual bases we can't just use BINFO_OFFSET, as they
9290 aren't at a fixed offset from all (sub)objects of the same
9291 type. We need to extract the appropriate offset from our
9292 vtable. The following dwarf expression means
9294 BaseAddr = ObAddr + *((*ObAddr) - Offset)
9296 This is specific to the V3 ABI, of course. */
9298 dw_loc_descr_ref tmp
;
9300 /* Make a copy of the object address. */
9301 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_dup
, 0, 0);
9302 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
9304 /* Extract the vtable address. */
9305 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref
, 0, 0);
9306 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
9308 /* Calculate the address of the offset. */
9309 offset
= tree_low_cst (BINFO_VPTR_FIELD (decl
), 0);
9313 tmp
= int_loc_descriptor (-offset
);
9314 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
9315 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_minus
, 0, 0);
9316 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
9318 /* Extract the offset. */
9319 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref
, 0, 0);
9320 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
9322 /* Add it to the object address. */
9323 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus
, 0, 0);
9324 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
9327 offset
= tree_low_cst (BINFO_OFFSET (decl
), 0);
9330 offset
= field_byte_offset (decl
);
9334 enum dwarf_location_atom op
;
9336 /* The DWARF2 standard says that we should assume that the structure
9337 address is already on the stack, so we can specify a structure field
9338 address by using DW_OP_plus_uconst. */
9340 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
9341 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader does not handle the DW_OP_plus_uconst
9342 operator correctly. It works only if we leave the offset on the
9346 op
= DW_OP_plus_uconst
;
9349 loc_descr
= new_loc_descr (op
, offset
, 0);
9352 add_AT_loc (die
, DW_AT_data_member_location
, loc_descr
);
9355 /* Attach a DW_AT_const_value attribute for a variable or a parameter which
9356 does not have a "location" either in memory or in a register. These
9357 things can arise in GNU C when a constant is passed as an actual parameter
9358 to an inlined function. They can also arise in C++ where declared
9359 constants do not necessarily get memory "homes". */
9362 add_const_value_attribute (die
, rtl
)
9366 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
9369 /* Note that a CONST_INT rtx could represent either an integer
9370 or a floating-point constant. A CONST_INT is used whenever
9371 the constant will fit into a single word. In all such
9372 cases, the original mode of the constant value is wiped
9373 out, and the CONST_INT rtx is assigned VOIDmode. */
9375 HOST_WIDE_INT val
= INTVAL (rtl
);
9377 /* ??? We really should be using HOST_WIDE_INT throughout. */
9378 if (val
< 0 && (long) val
== val
)
9379 add_AT_int (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, (long) val
);
9380 else if ((unsigned long) val
== (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) val
)
9381 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, (unsigned long) val
);
9384 #if HOST_BITS_PER_LONG * 2 == HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
9385 add_AT_long_long (die
, DW_AT_const_value
,
9386 val
>> HOST_BITS_PER_LONG
, val
);
9395 /* Note that a CONST_DOUBLE rtx could represent either an integer or a
9396 floating-point constant. A CONST_DOUBLE is used whenever the
9397 constant requires more than one word in order to be adequately
9398 represented. We output CONST_DOUBLEs as blocks. */
9400 enum machine_mode mode
= GET_MODE (rtl
);
9402 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
) == MODE_FLOAT
)
9404 unsigned length
= GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
) / 4;
9405 long *array
= (long *) ggc_alloc (sizeof (long) * length
);
9408 REAL_VALUE_FROM_CONST_DOUBLE (rv
, rtl
);
9412 REAL_VALUE_TO_TARGET_SINGLE (rv
, array
[0]);
9416 REAL_VALUE_TO_TARGET_DOUBLE (rv
, array
);
9421 REAL_VALUE_TO_TARGET_LONG_DOUBLE (rv
, array
);
9428 add_AT_float (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, length
, array
);
9432 /* ??? We really should be using HOST_WIDE_INT throughout. */
9433 if (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG
!= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
)
9436 add_AT_long_long (die
, DW_AT_const_value
,
9437 CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (rtl
), CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (rtl
));
9443 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, XSTR (rtl
, 0));
9449 add_AT_addr (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, rtl
);
9450 VARRAY_PUSH_RTX (used_rtx_varray
, rtl
);
9454 /* In cases where an inlined instance of an inline function is passed
9455 the address of an `auto' variable (which is local to the caller) we
9456 can get a situation where the DECL_RTL of the artificial local
9457 variable (for the inlining) which acts as a stand-in for the
9458 corresponding formal parameter (of the inline function) will look
9459 like (plus:SI (reg:SI FRAME_PTR) (const_int ...)). This is not
9460 exactly a compile-time constant expression, but it isn't the address
9461 of the (artificial) local variable either. Rather, it represents the
9462 *value* which the artificial local variable always has during its
9463 lifetime. We currently have no way to represent such quasi-constant
9464 values in Dwarf, so for now we just punt and generate nothing. */
9468 /* No other kinds of rtx should be possible here. */
9475 rtl_for_decl_location (decl
)
9480 /* Here we have to decide where we are going to say the parameter "lives"
9481 (as far as the debugger is concerned). We only have a couple of
9482 choices. GCC provides us with DECL_RTL and with DECL_INCOMING_RTL.
9484 DECL_RTL normally indicates where the parameter lives during most of the
9485 activation of the function. If optimization is enabled however, this
9486 could be either NULL or else a pseudo-reg. Both of those cases indicate
9487 that the parameter doesn't really live anywhere (as far as the code
9488 generation parts of GCC are concerned) during most of the function's
9489 activation. That will happen (for example) if the parameter is never
9490 referenced within the function.
9492 We could just generate a location descriptor here for all non-NULL
9493 non-pseudo values of DECL_RTL and ignore all of the rest, but we can be
9494 a little nicer than that if we also consider DECL_INCOMING_RTL in cases
9495 where DECL_RTL is NULL or is a pseudo-reg.
9497 Note however that we can only get away with using DECL_INCOMING_RTL as
9498 a backup substitute for DECL_RTL in certain limited cases. In cases
9499 where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) indicates the same type as TREE_TYPE (decl),
9500 we can be sure that the parameter was passed using the same type as it is
9501 declared to have within the function, and that its DECL_INCOMING_RTL
9502 points us to a place where a value of that type is passed.
9504 In cases where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) and TREE_TYPE (decl) are different,
9505 we cannot (in general) use DECL_INCOMING_RTL as a substitute for DECL_RTL
9506 because in these cases DECL_INCOMING_RTL points us to a value of some
9507 type which is *different* from the type of the parameter itself. Thus,
9508 if we tried to use DECL_INCOMING_RTL to generate a location attribute in
9509 such cases, the debugger would end up (for example) trying to fetch a
9510 `float' from a place which actually contains the first part of a
9511 `double'. That would lead to really incorrect and confusing
9512 output at debug-time.
9514 So, in general, we *do not* use DECL_INCOMING_RTL as a backup for DECL_RTL
9515 in cases where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) != TREE_TYPE (decl). There
9516 are a couple of exceptions however. On little-endian machines we can
9517 get away with using DECL_INCOMING_RTL even when DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) is
9518 not the same as TREE_TYPE (decl), but only when DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) is
9519 an integral type that is smaller than TREE_TYPE (decl). These cases arise
9520 when (on a little-endian machine) a non-prototyped function has a
9521 parameter declared to be of type `short' or `char'. In such cases,
9522 TREE_TYPE (decl) will be `short' or `char', DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) will
9523 be `int', and DECL_INCOMING_RTL will point to the lowest-order byte of the
9524 passed `int' value. If the debugger then uses that address to fetch
9525 a `short' or a `char' (on a little-endian machine) the result will be
9526 the correct data, so we allow for such exceptional cases below.
9528 Note that our goal here is to describe the place where the given formal
9529 parameter lives during most of the function's activation (i.e. between the
9530 end of the prologue and the start of the epilogue). We'll do that as best
9531 as we can. Note however that if the given formal parameter is modified
9532 sometime during the execution of the function, then a stack backtrace (at
9533 debug-time) will show the function as having been called with the *new*
9534 value rather than the value which was originally passed in. This happens
9535 rarely enough that it is not a major problem, but it *is* a problem, and
9538 A future version of dwarf2out.c may generate two additional attributes for
9539 any given DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE which will describe the "passed
9540 type" and the "passed location" for the given formal parameter in addition
9541 to the attributes we now generate to indicate the "declared type" and the
9542 "active location" for each parameter. This additional set of attributes
9543 could be used by debuggers for stack backtraces. Separately, note that
9544 sometimes DECL_RTL can be NULL and DECL_INCOMING_RTL can be NULL also.
9545 This happens (for example) for inlined-instances of inline function formal
9546 parameters which are never referenced. This really shouldn't be
9547 happening. All PARM_DECL nodes should get valid non-NULL
9548 DECL_INCOMING_RTL values, but integrate.c doesn't currently generate these
9549 values for inlined instances of inline function parameters, so when we see
9550 such cases, we are just out-of-luck for the time being (until integrate.c
9553 /* Use DECL_RTL as the "location" unless we find something better. */
9554 rtl
= DECL_RTL_IF_SET (decl
);
9556 /* When generating abstract instances, ignore everything except
9557 constants, symbols living in memory, and symbols living in
9559 if (! reload_completed
)
9562 && (CONSTANT_P (rtl
)
9563 || (GET_CODE (rtl
) == MEM
9564 && CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 0)))
9565 || (GET_CODE (rtl
) == REG
9566 && TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
9567 && TREE_STATIC (decl
))))
9569 rtl
= (*targetm
.delegitimize_address
) (rtl
);
9574 else if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == PARM_DECL
)
9576 if (rtl
== NULL_RTX
|| is_pseudo_reg (rtl
))
9578 tree declared_type
= type_main_variant (TREE_TYPE (decl
));
9579 tree passed_type
= type_main_variant (DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl
));
9581 /* This decl represents a formal parameter which was optimized out.
9582 Note that DECL_INCOMING_RTL may be NULL in here, but we handle
9583 all cases where (rtl == NULL_RTX) just below. */
9584 if (declared_type
== passed_type
)
9585 rtl
= DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl
);
9586 else if (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
9587 && TREE_CODE (declared_type
) == INTEGER_TYPE
9588 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (declared_type
))
9589 <= GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (passed_type
))))
9590 rtl
= DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl
);
9593 /* If the parm was passed in registers, but lives on the stack, then
9594 make a big endian correction if the mode of the type of the
9595 parameter is not the same as the mode of the rtl. */
9596 /* ??? This is the same series of checks that are made in dbxout.c before
9597 we reach the big endian correction code there. It isn't clear if all
9598 of these checks are necessary here, but keeping them all is the safe
9600 else if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == MEM
9601 && XEXP (rtl
, 0) != const0_rtx
9602 && ! CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 0))
9603 /* Not passed in memory. */
9604 && GET_CODE (DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl
)) != MEM
9605 /* Not passed by invisible reference. */
9606 && (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) != REG
9607 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
9608 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
9609 #if ARG_POINTER_REGNUM != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
9610 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == ARG_POINTER_REGNUM
9613 /* Big endian correction check. */
9615 && TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)) != GET_MODE (rtl
)
9616 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)))
9619 int offset
= (UNITS_PER_WORD
9620 - GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
))));
9622 rtl
= gen_rtx_MEM (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)),
9623 plus_constant (XEXP (rtl
, 0), offset
));
9627 if (rtl
!= NULL_RTX
)
9629 rtl
= eliminate_regs (rtl
, 0, NULL_RTX
);
9630 #ifdef LEAF_REG_REMAP
9631 if (current_function_uses_only_leaf_regs
)
9632 leaf_renumber_regs_insn (rtl
);
9636 /* A variable with no DECL_RTL but a DECL_INITIAL is a compile-time constant,
9637 and will have been substituted directly into all expressions that use it.
9638 C does not have such a concept, but C++ and other languages do. */
9639 else if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
&& DECL_INITIAL (decl
))
9641 /* If a variable is initialized with a string constant without embedded
9642 zeros, build CONST_STRING. */
9643 if (TREE_CODE (DECL_INITIAL (decl
)) == STRING_CST
9644 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)) == ARRAY_TYPE
)
9646 tree arrtype
= TREE_TYPE (decl
);
9647 tree enttype
= TREE_TYPE (arrtype
);
9648 tree domain
= TYPE_DOMAIN (arrtype
);
9649 tree init
= DECL_INITIAL (decl
);
9650 enum machine_mode mode
= TYPE_MODE (enttype
);
9652 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
) == MODE_INT
&& GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
) == 1
9654 && integer_zerop (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain
))
9655 && compare_tree_int (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain
),
9656 TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init
) - 1) == 0
9657 && ((size_t) TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init
)
9658 == strlen (TREE_STRING_POINTER (init
)) + 1))
9659 rtl
= gen_rtx_CONST_STRING (VOIDmode
, TREE_STRING_POINTER (init
));
9661 /* If the initializer is something that we know will expand into an
9662 immediate RTL constant, expand it now. Expanding anything else
9663 tends to produce unresolved symbols; see debug/5770 and c++/6381. */
9664 else if (TREE_CODE (DECL_INITIAL (decl
)) == INTEGER_CST
9665 || TREE_CODE (DECL_INITIAL (decl
)) == REAL_CST
)
9667 rtl
= expand_expr (DECL_INITIAL (decl
), NULL_RTX
, VOIDmode
,
9668 EXPAND_INITIALIZER
);
9669 /* If expand_expr returns a MEM, it wasn't immediate. */
9670 if (rtl
&& GET_CODE (rtl
) == MEM
)
9676 rtl
= (*targetm
.delegitimize_address
) (rtl
);
9678 /* If we don't look past the constant pool, we risk emitting a
9679 reference to a constant pool entry that isn't referenced from
9680 code, and thus is not emitted. */
9682 rtl
= avoid_constant_pool_reference (rtl
);
9687 /* Generate *either* a DW_AT_location attribute or else a DW_AT_const_value
9688 data attribute for a variable or a parameter. We generate the
9689 DW_AT_const_value attribute only in those cases where the given variable
9690 or parameter does not have a true "location" either in memory or in a
9691 register. This can happen (for example) when a constant is passed as an
9692 actual argument in a call to an inline function. (It's possible that
9693 these things can crop up in other ways also.) Note that one type of
9694 constant value which can be passed into an inlined function is a constant
9695 pointer. This can happen for example if an actual argument in an inlined
9696 function call evaluates to a compile-time constant address. */
9699 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (die
, decl
)
9704 dw_loc_descr_ref descr
;
9706 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == ERROR_MARK
)
9708 else if (TREE_CODE (decl
) != VAR_DECL
&& TREE_CODE (decl
) != PARM_DECL
)
9711 rtl
= rtl_for_decl_location (decl
);
9712 if (rtl
== NULL_RTX
)
9715 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
9718 /* The address of a variable that was optimized away;
9719 don't emit anything. */
9729 /* DECL_RTL could be (plus (reg ...) (const_int ...)) */
9730 add_const_value_attribute (die
, rtl
);
9734 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
&& DECL_THREAD_LOCAL (decl
))
9736 /* Need loc_descriptor_from_tree since that's where we know
9737 how to handle TLS variables. Want the object's address
9738 since the top-level DW_AT_location assumes such. See
9739 the confusion in loc_descriptor for reference. */
9740 descr
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (decl
, 1);
9747 descr
= loc_descriptor (rtl
);
9749 add_AT_location_description (die
, DW_AT_location
, descr
);
9757 /* If we don't have a copy of this variable in memory for some reason (such
9758 as a C++ member constant that doesn't have an out-of-line definition),
9759 we should tell the debugger about the constant value. */
9762 tree_add_const_value_attribute (var_die
, decl
)
9766 tree init
= DECL_INITIAL (decl
);
9767 tree type
= TREE_TYPE (decl
);
9769 if (TREE_READONLY (decl
) && ! TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl
) && init
9770 && initializer_constant_valid_p (init
, type
) == null_pointer_node
)
9775 switch (TREE_CODE (type
))
9778 if (host_integerp (init
, 0))
9779 add_AT_unsigned (var_die
, DW_AT_const_value
,
9780 tree_low_cst (init
, 0));
9782 add_AT_long_long (var_die
, DW_AT_const_value
,
9783 TREE_INT_CST_HIGH (init
),
9784 TREE_INT_CST_LOW (init
));
9791 /* Generate a DW_AT_name attribute given some string value to be included as
9792 the value of the attribute. */
9795 add_name_attribute (die
, name_string
)
9797 const char *name_string
;
9799 if (name_string
!= NULL
&& *name_string
!= 0)
9801 if (demangle_name_func
)
9802 name_string
= (*demangle_name_func
) (name_string
);
9804 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_name
, name_string
);
9808 /* Generate a DW_AT_comp_dir attribute for DIE. */
9811 add_comp_dir_attribute (die
)
9814 const char *wd
= getpwd ();
9816 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_comp_dir
, wd
);
9819 /* Given a tree node describing an array bound (either lower or upper) output
9820 a representation for that bound. */
9823 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, bound_attr
, bound
)
9824 dw_die_ref subrange_die
;
9825 enum dwarf_attribute bound_attr
;
9828 switch (TREE_CODE (bound
))
9833 /* All fixed-bounds are represented by INTEGER_CST nodes. */
9835 if (! host_integerp (bound
, 0)
9836 || (bound_attr
== DW_AT_lower_bound
9837 && (((is_c_family () || is_java ()) && integer_zerop (bound
))
9838 || (is_fortran () && integer_onep (bound
)))))
9839 /* use the default */
9842 add_AT_unsigned (subrange_die
, bound_attr
, tree_low_cst (bound
, 0));
9847 case NON_LVALUE_EXPR
:
9848 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR
:
9849 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, bound_attr
, TREE_OPERAND (bound
, 0));
9853 /* If optimization is turned on, the SAVE_EXPRs that describe how to
9854 access the upper bound values may be bogus. If they refer to a
9855 register, they may only describe how to get at these values at the
9856 points in the generated code right after they have just been
9857 computed. Worse yet, in the typical case, the upper bound values
9858 will not even *be* computed in the optimized code (though the
9859 number of elements will), so these SAVE_EXPRs are entirely
9860 bogus. In order to compensate for this fact, we check here to see
9861 if optimization is enabled, and if so, we don't add an attribute
9862 for the (unknown and unknowable) upper bound. This should not
9863 cause too much trouble for existing (stupid?) debuggers because
9864 they have to deal with empty upper bounds location descriptions
9865 anyway in order to be able to deal with incomplete array types.
9866 Of course an intelligent debugger (GDB?) should be able to
9867 comprehend that a missing upper bound specification in an array
9868 type used for a storage class `auto' local array variable
9869 indicates that the upper bound is both unknown (at compile- time)
9870 and unknowable (at run-time) due to optimization.
9872 We assume that a MEM rtx is safe because gcc wouldn't put the
9873 value there unless it was going to be used repeatedly in the
9874 function, i.e. for cleanups. */
9875 if (SAVE_EXPR_RTL (bound
)
9876 && (! optimize
|| GET_CODE (SAVE_EXPR_RTL (bound
)) == MEM
))
9878 dw_die_ref ctx
= lookup_decl_die (current_function_decl
);
9879 dw_die_ref decl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_variable
, ctx
, bound
);
9880 rtx loc
= SAVE_EXPR_RTL (bound
);
9882 /* If the RTL for the SAVE_EXPR is memory, handle the case where
9883 it references an outer function's frame. */
9884 if (GET_CODE (loc
) == MEM
)
9886 rtx new_addr
= fix_lexical_addr (XEXP (loc
, 0), bound
);
9888 if (XEXP (loc
, 0) != new_addr
)
9889 loc
= gen_rtx_MEM (GET_MODE (loc
), new_addr
);
9892 add_AT_flag (decl_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
9893 add_type_attribute (decl_die
, TREE_TYPE (bound
), 1, 0, ctx
);
9894 add_AT_location_description (decl_die
, DW_AT_location
,
9895 loc_descriptor (loc
));
9896 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die
, bound_attr
, decl_die
);
9899 /* Else leave out the attribute. */
9905 dw_die_ref decl_die
= lookup_decl_die (bound
);
9907 /* ??? Can this happen, or should the variable have been bound
9908 first? Probably it can, since I imagine that we try to create
9909 the types of parameters in the order in which they exist in
9910 the list, and won't have created a forward reference to a
9912 if (decl_die
!= NULL
)
9913 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die
, bound_attr
, decl_die
);
9919 /* Otherwise try to create a stack operation procedure to
9920 evaluate the value of the array bound. */
9922 dw_die_ref ctx
, decl_die
;
9923 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
9925 loc
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (bound
, 0);
9929 if (current_function_decl
== 0)
9930 ctx
= comp_unit_die
;
9932 ctx
= lookup_decl_die (current_function_decl
);
9934 /* If we weren't able to find a context, it's most likely the case
9935 that we are processing the return type of the function. So
9936 make a SAVE_EXPR to point to it and have the limbo DIE code
9937 find the proper die. The save_expr function doesn't always
9938 make a SAVE_EXPR, so do it ourselves. */
9940 bound
= build (SAVE_EXPR
, TREE_TYPE (bound
), bound
,
9941 current_function_decl
, NULL_TREE
);
9943 decl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_variable
, ctx
, bound
);
9944 add_AT_flag (decl_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
9945 add_type_attribute (decl_die
, TREE_TYPE (bound
), 1, 0, ctx
);
9946 add_AT_loc (decl_die
, DW_AT_location
, loc
);
9948 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die
, bound_attr
, decl_die
);
9954 /* Note that the block of subscript information for an array type also
9955 includes information about the element type of type given array type. */
9958 add_subscript_info (type_die
, type
)
9959 dw_die_ref type_die
;
9962 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
9963 unsigned dimension_number
;
9966 dw_die_ref subrange_die
;
9968 /* The GNU compilers represent multidimensional array types as sequences of
9969 one dimensional array types whose element types are themselves array
9970 types. Here we squish that down, so that each multidimensional array
9971 type gets only one array_type DIE in the Dwarf debugging info. The draft
9972 Dwarf specification say that we are allowed to do this kind of
9973 compression in C (because there is no difference between an array or
9974 arrays and a multidimensional array in C) but for other source languages
9975 (e.g. Ada) we probably shouldn't do this. */
9977 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader fails for multidimensional arrays with a
9978 const enum type. E.g. const enum machine_mode insn_operand_mode[2][10].
9979 We work around this by disabling this feature. See also
9980 gen_array_type_die. */
9981 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
9982 for (dimension_number
= 0;
9983 TREE_CODE (type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
;
9984 type
= TREE_TYPE (type
), dimension_number
++)
9987 tree domain
= TYPE_DOMAIN (type
);
9989 /* Arrays come in three flavors: Unspecified bounds, fixed bounds,
9990 and (in GNU C only) variable bounds. Handle all three forms
9992 subrange_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type
, type_die
, NULL
);
9995 /* We have an array type with specified bounds. */
9996 lower
= TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain
);
9997 upper
= TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain
);
9999 /* define the index type. */
10000 if (TREE_TYPE (domain
))
10002 /* ??? This is probably an Ada unnamed subrange type. Ignore the
10003 TREE_TYPE field. We can't emit debug info for this
10004 because it is an unnamed integral type. */
10005 if (TREE_CODE (domain
) == INTEGER_TYPE
10006 && TYPE_NAME (domain
) == NULL_TREE
10007 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (domain
)) == INTEGER_TYPE
10008 && TYPE_NAME (TREE_TYPE (domain
)) == NULL_TREE
)
10011 add_type_attribute (subrange_die
, TREE_TYPE (domain
), 0, 0,
10015 /* ??? If upper is NULL, the array has unspecified length,
10016 but it does have a lower bound. This happens with Fortran
10018 Since the debugger is definitely going to need to know N
10019 to produce useful results, go ahead and output the lower
10020 bound solo, and hope the debugger can cope. */
10022 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, DW_AT_lower_bound
, lower
);
10024 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, DW_AT_upper_bound
, upper
);
10027 /* Otherwise we have an array type with an unspecified length. The
10028 DWARF-2 spec does not say how to handle this; let's just leave out the
10034 add_byte_size_attribute (die
, tree_node
)
10040 switch (TREE_CODE (tree_node
))
10045 case ENUMERAL_TYPE
:
10048 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE
:
10049 size
= int_size_in_bytes (tree_node
);
10052 /* For a data member of a struct or union, the DW_AT_byte_size is
10053 generally given as the number of bytes normally allocated for an
10054 object of the *declared* type of the member itself. This is true
10055 even for bit-fields. */
10056 size
= simple_type_size_in_bits (field_type (tree_node
)) / BITS_PER_UNIT
;
10062 /* Note that `size' might be -1 when we get to this point. If it is, that
10063 indicates that the byte size of the entity in question is variable. We
10064 have no good way of expressing this fact in Dwarf at the present time,
10065 so just let the -1 pass on through. */
10066 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_byte_size
, size
);
10069 /* For a FIELD_DECL node which represents a bit-field, output an attribute
10070 which specifies the distance in bits from the highest order bit of the
10071 "containing object" for the bit-field to the highest order bit of the
10074 For any given bit-field, the "containing object" is a hypothetical object
10075 (of some integral or enum type) within which the given bit-field lives. The
10076 type of this hypothetical "containing object" is always the same as the
10077 declared type of the individual bit-field itself. The determination of the
10078 exact location of the "containing object" for a bit-field is rather
10079 complicated. It's handled by the `field_byte_offset' function (above).
10081 Note that it is the size (in bytes) of the hypothetical "containing object"
10082 which will be given in the DW_AT_byte_size attribute for this bit-field.
10083 (See `byte_size_attribute' above). */
10086 add_bit_offset_attribute (die
, decl
)
10090 HOST_WIDE_INT object_offset_in_bytes
= field_byte_offset (decl
);
10091 tree type
= DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl
);
10092 HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos_int
;
10093 HOST_WIDE_INT highest_order_object_bit_offset
;
10094 HOST_WIDE_INT highest_order_field_bit_offset
;
10095 HOST_WIDE_INT
unsigned bit_offset
;
10097 /* Must be a field and a bit field. */
10099 || TREE_CODE (decl
) != FIELD_DECL
)
10102 /* We can't yet handle bit-fields whose offsets are variable, so if we
10103 encounter such things, just return without generating any attribute
10104 whatsoever. Likewise for variable or too large size. */
10105 if (! host_integerp (bit_position (decl
), 0)
10106 || ! host_integerp (DECL_SIZE (decl
), 1))
10109 bitpos_int
= int_bit_position (decl
);
10111 /* Note that the bit offset is always the distance (in bits) from the
10112 highest-order bit of the "containing object" to the highest-order bit of
10113 the bit-field itself. Since the "high-order end" of any object or field
10114 is different on big-endian and little-endian machines, the computation
10115 below must take account of these differences. */
10116 highest_order_object_bit_offset
= object_offset_in_bytes
* BITS_PER_UNIT
;
10117 highest_order_field_bit_offset
= bitpos_int
;
10119 if (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
)
10121 highest_order_field_bit_offset
+= tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE (decl
), 0);
10122 highest_order_object_bit_offset
+= simple_type_size_in_bits (type
);
10126 = (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
10127 ? highest_order_object_bit_offset
- highest_order_field_bit_offset
10128 : highest_order_field_bit_offset
- highest_order_object_bit_offset
);
10130 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_bit_offset
, bit_offset
);
10133 /* For a FIELD_DECL node which represents a bit field, output an attribute
10134 which specifies the length in bits of the given field. */
10137 add_bit_size_attribute (die
, decl
)
10141 /* Must be a field and a bit field. */
10142 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) != FIELD_DECL
10143 || ! DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl
))
10146 if (host_integerp (DECL_SIZE (decl
), 1))
10147 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_bit_size
, tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE (decl
), 1));
10150 /* If the compiled language is ANSI C, then add a 'prototyped'
10151 attribute, if arg types are given for the parameters of a function. */
10154 add_prototyped_attribute (die
, func_type
)
10158 if (get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
) == DW_LANG_C89
10159 && TYPE_ARG_TYPES (func_type
) != NULL
)
10160 add_AT_flag (die
, DW_AT_prototyped
, 1);
10163 /* Add an 'abstract_origin' attribute below a given DIE. The DIE is found
10164 by looking in either the type declaration or object declaration
10168 add_abstract_origin_attribute (die
, origin
)
10172 dw_die_ref origin_die
= NULL
;
10174 if (TREE_CODE (origin
) != FUNCTION_DECL
)
10176 /* We may have gotten separated from the block for the inlined
10177 function, if we're in an exception handler or some such; make
10178 sure that the abstract function has been written out.
10180 Doing this for nested functions is wrong, however; functions are
10181 distinct units, and our context might not even be inline. */
10185 fn
= TYPE_STUB_DECL (fn
);
10187 fn
= decl_function_context (fn
);
10189 dwarf2out_abstract_function (fn
);
10192 if (DECL_P (origin
))
10193 origin_die
= lookup_decl_die (origin
);
10194 else if (TYPE_P (origin
))
10195 origin_die
= lookup_type_die (origin
);
10197 if (origin_die
== NULL
)
10200 add_AT_die_ref (die
, DW_AT_abstract_origin
, origin_die
);
10203 /* We do not currently support the pure_virtual attribute. */
10206 add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (die
, func_decl
)
10210 if (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl
))
10212 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_virtuality
, DW_VIRTUALITY_virtual
);
10214 if (host_integerp (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl
), 0))
10215 add_AT_loc (die
, DW_AT_vtable_elem_location
,
10216 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_constu
,
10217 tree_low_cst (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl
), 0),
10220 /* GNU extension: Record what type this method came from originally. */
10221 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
10222 add_AT_die_ref (die
, DW_AT_containing_type
,
10223 lookup_type_die (DECL_CONTEXT (func_decl
)));
10227 /* Add source coordinate attributes for the given decl. */
10230 add_src_coords_attributes (die
, decl
)
10234 unsigned file_index
= lookup_filename (DECL_SOURCE_FILE (decl
));
10236 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_decl_file
, file_index
);
10237 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_decl_line
, DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl
));
10240 /* Add a DW_AT_name attribute and source coordinate attribute for the
10241 given decl, but only if it actually has a name. */
10244 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (die
, decl
)
10250 decl_name
= DECL_NAME (decl
);
10251 if (decl_name
!= NULL
&& IDENTIFIER_POINTER (decl_name
) != NULL
)
10253 add_name_attribute (die
, dwarf2_name (decl
, 0));
10254 if (! DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
))
10255 add_src_coords_attributes (die
, decl
);
10257 if ((TREE_CODE (decl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
|| TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
)
10258 && TREE_PUBLIC (decl
)
10259 && DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl
) != DECL_NAME (decl
)
10260 && !DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
10261 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name
,
10262 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl
)));
10265 #ifdef VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
10266 /* Get the function's name, as described by its RTL. This may be different
10267 from the DECL_NAME name used in the source file. */
10268 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
&& TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl
))
10270 add_AT_addr (die
, DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address
,
10271 XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl
), 0));
10272 VARRAY_PUSH_RTX (used_rtx_varray
, XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl
), 0));
10277 /* Push a new declaration scope. */
10280 push_decl_scope (scope
)
10283 VARRAY_PUSH_TREE (decl_scope_table
, scope
);
10286 /* Pop a declaration scope. */
10291 if (VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (decl_scope_table
) <= 0)
10294 VARRAY_POP (decl_scope_table
);
10297 /* Return the DIE for the scope that immediately contains this type.
10298 Non-named types get global scope. Named types nested in other
10299 types get their containing scope if it's open, or global scope
10300 otherwise. All other types (i.e. function-local named types) get
10301 the current active scope. */
10304 scope_die_for (t
, context_die
)
10306 dw_die_ref context_die
;
10308 dw_die_ref scope_die
= NULL
;
10309 tree containing_scope
;
10312 /* Non-types always go in the current scope. */
10316 containing_scope
= TYPE_CONTEXT (t
);
10318 /* Ignore namespaces for the moment. */
10319 if (containing_scope
&& TREE_CODE (containing_scope
) == NAMESPACE_DECL
)
10320 containing_scope
= NULL_TREE
;
10322 /* Ignore function type "scopes" from the C frontend. They mean that
10323 a tagged type is local to a parmlist of a function declarator, but
10324 that isn't useful to DWARF. */
10325 if (containing_scope
&& TREE_CODE (containing_scope
) == FUNCTION_TYPE
)
10326 containing_scope
= NULL_TREE
;
10328 if (containing_scope
== NULL_TREE
)
10329 scope_die
= comp_unit_die
;
10330 else if (TYPE_P (containing_scope
))
10332 /* For types, we can just look up the appropriate DIE. But
10333 first we check to see if we're in the middle of emitting it
10334 so we know where the new DIE should go. */
10335 for (i
= VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (decl_scope_table
) - 1; i
>= 0; --i
)
10336 if (VARRAY_TREE (decl_scope_table
, i
) == containing_scope
)
10341 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
10342 && !TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (containing_scope
))
10345 /* If none of the current dies are suitable, we get file scope. */
10346 scope_die
= comp_unit_die
;
10349 scope_die
= lookup_type_die (containing_scope
);
10352 scope_die
= context_die
;
10357 /* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is internal to a function. */
10360 local_scope_p (context_die
)
10361 dw_die_ref context_die
;
10363 for (; context_die
; context_die
= context_die
->die_parent
)
10364 if (context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine
10365 || context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_subprogram
)
10371 /* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is a class. */
10374 class_scope_p (context_die
)
10375 dw_die_ref context_die
;
10377 return (context_die
10378 && (context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_structure_type
10379 || context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_union_type
));
10382 /* Many forms of DIEs require a "type description" attribute. This
10383 routine locates the proper "type descriptor" die for the type given
10384 by 'type', and adds a DW_AT_type attribute below the given die. */
10387 add_type_attribute (object_die
, type
, decl_const
, decl_volatile
, context_die
)
10388 dw_die_ref object_die
;
10392 dw_die_ref context_die
;
10394 enum tree_code code
= TREE_CODE (type
);
10395 dw_die_ref type_die
= NULL
;
10397 /* ??? If this type is an unnamed subrange type of an integral or
10398 floating-point type, use the inner type. This is because we have no
10399 support for unnamed types in base_type_die. This can happen if this is
10400 an Ada subrange type. Correct solution is emit a subrange type die. */
10401 if ((code
== INTEGER_TYPE
|| code
== REAL_TYPE
)
10402 && TREE_TYPE (type
) != 0 && TYPE_NAME (type
) == 0)
10403 type
= TREE_TYPE (type
), code
= TREE_CODE (type
);
10405 if (code
== ERROR_MARK
10406 /* Handle a special case. For functions whose return type is void, we
10407 generate *no* type attribute. (Note that no object may have type
10408 `void', so this only applies to function return types). */
10409 || code
== VOID_TYPE
)
10412 type_die
= modified_type_die (type
,
10413 decl_const
|| TYPE_READONLY (type
),
10414 decl_volatile
|| TYPE_VOLATILE (type
),
10417 if (type_die
!= NULL
)
10418 add_AT_die_ref (object_die
, DW_AT_type
, type_die
);
10421 /* Given a tree pointer to a struct, class, union, or enum type node, return
10422 a pointer to the (string) tag name for the given type, or zero if the type
10423 was declared without a tag. */
10425 static const char *
10429 const char *name
= 0;
10431 if (TYPE_NAME (type
) != 0)
10435 /* Find the IDENTIFIER_NODE for the type name. */
10436 if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type
)) == IDENTIFIER_NODE
)
10437 t
= TYPE_NAME (type
);
10439 /* The g++ front end makes the TYPE_NAME of *each* tagged type point to
10440 a TYPE_DECL node, regardless of whether or not a `typedef' was
10442 else if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type
)) == TYPE_DECL
10443 && ! DECL_IGNORED_P (TYPE_NAME (type
)))
10444 t
= DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (type
));
10446 /* Now get the name as a string, or invent one. */
10448 name
= IDENTIFIER_POINTER (t
);
10451 return (name
== 0 || *name
== '\0') ? 0 : name
;
10454 /* Return the type associated with a data member, make a special check
10455 for bit field types. */
10458 member_declared_type (member
)
10461 return (DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (member
)
10462 ? DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (member
) : TREE_TYPE (member
));
10465 /* Get the decl's label, as described by its RTL. This may be different
10466 from the DECL_NAME name used in the source file. */
10469 static const char *
10470 decl_start_label (decl
)
10474 const char *fnname
;
10476 x
= DECL_RTL (decl
);
10477 if (GET_CODE (x
) != MEM
)
10481 if (GET_CODE (x
) != SYMBOL_REF
)
10484 fnname
= XSTR (x
, 0);
10489 /* These routines generate the internal representation of the DIE's for
10490 the compilation unit. Debugging information is collected by walking
10491 the declaration trees passed in from dwarf2out_decl(). */
10494 gen_array_type_die (type
, context_die
)
10496 dw_die_ref context_die
;
10498 dw_die_ref scope_die
= scope_die_for (type
, context_die
);
10499 dw_die_ref array_die
;
10502 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader fails for array of array of enum types unless
10503 the inner array type comes before the outer array type. Thus we must
10504 call gen_type_die before we call new_die. See below also. */
10505 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
10506 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
);
10509 array_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_array_type
, scope_die
, type
);
10510 add_name_attribute (array_die
, type_tag (type
));
10511 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, array_die
);
10513 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == VECTOR_TYPE
)
10515 /* The frontend feeds us a representation for the vector as a struct
10516 containing an array. Pull out the array type. */
10517 type
= TREE_TYPE (TYPE_FIELDS (TYPE_DEBUG_REPRESENTATION_TYPE (type
)));
10518 add_AT_flag (array_die
, DW_AT_GNU_vector
, 1);
10522 /* We default the array ordering. SDB will probably do
10523 the right things even if DW_AT_ordering is not present. It's not even
10524 an issue until we start to get into multidimensional arrays anyway. If
10525 SDB is ever caught doing the Wrong Thing for multi-dimensional arrays,
10526 then we'll have to put the DW_AT_ordering attribute back in. (But if
10527 and when we find out that we need to put these in, we will only do so
10528 for multidimensional arrays. */
10529 add_AT_unsigned (array_die
, DW_AT_ordering
, DW_ORD_row_major
);
10532 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
10533 /* The SGI compilers handle arrays of unknown bound by setting
10534 AT_declaration and not emitting any subrange DIEs. */
10535 if (! TYPE_DOMAIN (type
))
10536 add_AT_unsigned (array_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
10539 add_subscript_info (array_die
, type
);
10541 /* Add representation of the type of the elements of this array type. */
10542 element_type
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
10544 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader fails for multidimensional arrays with a
10545 const enum type. E.g. const enum machine_mode insn_operand_mode[2][10].
10546 We work around this by disabling this feature. See also
10547 add_subscript_info. */
10548 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
10549 while (TREE_CODE (element_type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
)
10550 element_type
= TREE_TYPE (element_type
);
10552 gen_type_die (element_type
, context_die
);
10555 add_type_attribute (array_die
, element_type
, 0, 0, context_die
);
10559 gen_set_type_die (type
, context_die
)
10561 dw_die_ref context_die
;
10563 dw_die_ref type_die
10564 = new_die (DW_TAG_set_type
, scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
10566 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, type_die
);
10567 add_type_attribute (type_die
, TREE_TYPE (type
), 0, 0, context_die
);
10572 gen_entry_point_die (decl
, context_die
)
10574 dw_die_ref context_die
;
10576 tree origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
10577 dw_die_ref decl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_entry_point
, context_die
, decl
);
10579 if (origin
!= NULL
)
10580 add_abstract_origin_attribute (decl_die
, origin
);
10583 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (decl_die
, decl
);
10584 add_type_attribute (decl_die
, TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)),
10585 0, 0, context_die
);
10588 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
10589 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, decl_die
);
10591 add_AT_lbl_id (decl_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, decl_start_label (decl
));
10595 /* Walk through the list of incomplete types again, trying once more to
10596 emit full debugging info for them. */
10599 retry_incomplete_types ()
10603 for (i
= VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (incomplete_types
) - 1; i
>= 0; i
--)
10604 gen_type_die (VARRAY_TREE (incomplete_types
, i
), comp_unit_die
);
10607 /* Generate a DIE to represent an inlined instance of an enumeration type. */
10610 gen_inlined_enumeration_type_die (type
, context_die
)
10612 dw_die_ref context_die
;
10614 dw_die_ref type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_enumeration_type
, context_die
, type
);
10616 /* We do not check for TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) being set, as the type may
10617 be incomplete and such types are not marked. */
10618 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die
, type
);
10621 /* Generate a DIE to represent an inlined instance of a structure type. */
10624 gen_inlined_structure_type_die (type
, context_die
)
10626 dw_die_ref context_die
;
10628 dw_die_ref type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_structure_type
, context_die
, type
);
10630 /* We do not check for TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) being set, as the type may
10631 be incomplete and such types are not marked. */
10632 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die
, type
);
10635 /* Generate a DIE to represent an inlined instance of a union type. */
10638 gen_inlined_union_type_die (type
, context_die
)
10640 dw_die_ref context_die
;
10642 dw_die_ref type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_union_type
, context_die
, type
);
10644 /* We do not check for TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) being set, as the type may
10645 be incomplete and such types are not marked. */
10646 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die
, type
);
10649 /* Generate a DIE to represent an enumeration type. Note that these DIEs
10650 include all of the information about the enumeration values also. Each
10651 enumerated type name/value is listed as a child of the enumerated type
10655 gen_enumeration_type_die (type
, context_die
)
10657 dw_die_ref context_die
;
10659 dw_die_ref type_die
= lookup_type_die (type
);
10661 if (type_die
== NULL
)
10663 type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_enumeration_type
,
10664 scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
10665 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, type_die
);
10666 add_name_attribute (type_die
, type_tag (type
));
10668 else if (! TYPE_SIZE (type
))
10671 remove_AT (type_die
, DW_AT_declaration
);
10673 /* Handle a GNU C/C++ extension, i.e. incomplete enum types. If the
10674 given enum type is incomplete, do not generate the DW_AT_byte_size
10675 attribute or the DW_AT_element_list attribute. */
10676 if (TYPE_SIZE (type
))
10680 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
10681 add_byte_size_attribute (type_die
, type
);
10682 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
) != NULL_TREE
)
10683 add_src_coords_attributes (type_die
, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
));
10685 /* If the first reference to this type was as the return type of an
10686 inline function, then it may not have a parent. Fix this now. */
10687 if (type_die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
10688 add_child_die (scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type_die
);
10690 for (link
= TYPE_FIELDS (type
);
10691 link
!= NULL
; link
= TREE_CHAIN (link
))
10693 dw_die_ref enum_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_enumerator
, type_die
, link
);
10695 add_name_attribute (enum_die
,
10696 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (TREE_PURPOSE (link
)));
10698 if (host_integerp (TREE_VALUE (link
), 0))
10700 if (tree_int_cst_sgn (TREE_VALUE (link
)) < 0)
10701 add_AT_int (enum_die
, DW_AT_const_value
,
10702 tree_low_cst (TREE_VALUE (link
), 0));
10704 add_AT_unsigned (enum_die
, DW_AT_const_value
,
10705 tree_low_cst (TREE_VALUE (link
), 0));
10710 add_AT_flag (type_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
10713 /* Generate a DIE to represent either a real live formal parameter decl or to
10714 represent just the type of some formal parameter position in some function
10717 Note that this routine is a bit unusual because its argument may be a
10718 ..._DECL node (i.e. either a PARM_DECL or perhaps a VAR_DECL which
10719 represents an inlining of some PARM_DECL) or else some sort of a ..._TYPE
10720 node. If it's the former then this function is being called to output a
10721 DIE to represent a formal parameter object (or some inlining thereof). If
10722 it's the latter, then this function is only being called to output a
10723 DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE to stand as a placeholder for some formal
10724 argument type of some subprogram type. */
10727 gen_formal_parameter_die (node
, context_die
)
10729 dw_die_ref context_die
;
10731 dw_die_ref parm_die
10732 = new_die (DW_TAG_formal_parameter
, context_die
, node
);
10735 switch (TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (node
)))
10738 origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (node
);
10739 if (origin
!= NULL
)
10740 add_abstract_origin_attribute (parm_die
, origin
);
10743 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (parm_die
, node
);
10744 add_type_attribute (parm_die
, TREE_TYPE (node
),
10745 TREE_READONLY (node
),
10746 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (node
),
10748 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (node
))
10749 add_AT_flag (parm_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
10752 equate_decl_number_to_die (node
, parm_die
);
10753 if (! DECL_ABSTRACT (node
))
10754 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (parm_die
, node
);
10759 /* We were called with some kind of a ..._TYPE node. */
10760 add_type_attribute (parm_die
, node
, 0, 0, context_die
);
10770 /* Generate a special type of DIE used as a stand-in for a trailing ellipsis
10771 at the end of an (ANSI prototyped) formal parameters list. */
10774 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl_or_type
, context_die
)
10776 dw_die_ref context_die
;
10778 new_die (DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters
, context_die
, decl_or_type
);
10781 /* Generate a list of nameless DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIEs (and perhaps a
10782 DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters DIE) to represent the types of the formal
10783 parameters as specified in some function type specification (except for
10784 those which appear as part of a function *definition*). */
10787 gen_formal_types_die (function_or_method_type
, context_die
)
10788 tree function_or_method_type
;
10789 dw_die_ref context_die
;
10792 tree formal_type
= NULL
;
10793 tree first_parm_type
;
10796 if (TREE_CODE (function_or_method_type
) == FUNCTION_DECL
)
10798 arg
= DECL_ARGUMENTS (function_or_method_type
);
10799 function_or_method_type
= TREE_TYPE (function_or_method_type
);
10804 first_parm_type
= TYPE_ARG_TYPES (function_or_method_type
);
10806 /* Make our first pass over the list of formal parameter types and output a
10807 DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE for each one. */
10808 for (link
= first_parm_type
; link
; )
10810 dw_die_ref parm_die
;
10812 formal_type
= TREE_VALUE (link
);
10813 if (formal_type
== void_type_node
)
10816 /* Output a (nameless) DIE to represent the formal parameter itself. */
10817 parm_die
= gen_formal_parameter_die (formal_type
, context_die
);
10818 if ((TREE_CODE (function_or_method_type
) == METHOD_TYPE
10819 && link
== first_parm_type
)
10820 || (arg
&& DECL_ARTIFICIAL (arg
)))
10821 add_AT_flag (parm_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
10823 link
= TREE_CHAIN (link
);
10825 arg
= TREE_CHAIN (arg
);
10828 /* If this function type has an ellipsis, add a
10829 DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters DIE to the end of the parameter list. */
10830 if (formal_type
!= void_type_node
)
10831 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (function_or_method_type
, context_die
);
10833 /* Make our second (and final) pass over the list of formal parameter types
10834 and output DIEs to represent those types (as necessary). */
10835 for (link
= TYPE_ARG_TYPES (function_or_method_type
);
10836 link
&& TREE_VALUE (link
);
10837 link
= TREE_CHAIN (link
))
10838 gen_type_die (TREE_VALUE (link
), context_die
);
10841 /* We want to generate the DIE for TYPE so that we can generate the
10842 die for MEMBER, which has been defined; we will need to refer back
10843 to the member declaration nested within TYPE. If we're trying to
10844 generate minimal debug info for TYPE, processing TYPE won't do the
10845 trick; we need to attach the member declaration by hand. */
10848 gen_type_die_for_member (type
, member
, context_die
)
10850 dw_die_ref context_die
;
10852 gen_type_die (type
, context_die
);
10854 /* If we're trying to avoid duplicate debug info, we may not have
10855 emitted the member decl for this function. Emit it now. */
10856 if (TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
))
10857 && ! lookup_decl_die (member
))
10859 if (decl_ultimate_origin (member
))
10862 push_decl_scope (type
);
10863 if (TREE_CODE (member
) == FUNCTION_DECL
)
10864 gen_subprogram_die (member
, lookup_type_die (type
));
10866 gen_variable_die (member
, lookup_type_die (type
));
10872 /* Generate the DWARF2 info for the "abstract" instance of a function which we
10873 may later generate inlined and/or out-of-line instances of. */
10876 dwarf2out_abstract_function (decl
)
10879 dw_die_ref old_die
;
10882 int was_abstract
= DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
);
10884 /* Make sure we have the actual abstract inline, not a clone. */
10885 decl
= DECL_ORIGIN (decl
);
10887 old_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
10888 if (old_die
&& get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_inline
))
10889 /* We've already generated the abstract instance. */
10892 /* Be sure we've emitted the in-class declaration DIE (if any) first, so
10893 we don't get confused by DECL_ABSTRACT. */
10894 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
10896 context
= decl_class_context (decl
);
10898 gen_type_die_for_member
10899 (context
, decl
, decl_function_context (decl
) ? NULL
: comp_unit_die
);
10902 /* Pretend we've just finished compiling this function. */
10903 save_fn
= current_function_decl
;
10904 current_function_decl
= decl
;
10906 set_decl_abstract_flags (decl
, 1);
10907 dwarf2out_decl (decl
);
10908 if (! was_abstract
)
10909 set_decl_abstract_flags (decl
, 0);
10911 current_function_decl
= save_fn
;
10914 /* Generate a DIE to represent a declared function (either file-scope or
10918 gen_subprogram_die (decl
, context_die
)
10920 dw_die_ref context_die
;
10922 char label_id
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
10923 tree origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
10924 dw_die_ref subr_die
;
10928 dw_die_ref old_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
10929 int declaration
= (current_function_decl
!= decl
10930 || class_scope_p (context_die
));
10932 /* It is possible to have both DECL_ABSTRACT and DECLARATION be true if we
10933 started to generate the abstract instance of an inline, decided to output
10934 its containing class, and proceeded to emit the declaration of the inline
10935 from the member list for the class. If so, DECLARATION takes priority;
10936 we'll get back to the abstract instance when done with the class. */
10938 /* The class-scope declaration DIE must be the primary DIE. */
10939 if (origin
&& declaration
&& class_scope_p (context_die
))
10946 if (origin
!= NULL
)
10948 if (declaration
&& ! local_scope_p (context_die
))
10951 /* Fixup die_parent for the abstract instance of a nested
10952 inline function. */
10953 if (old_die
&& old_die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
10954 add_child_die (context_die
, old_die
);
10956 subr_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram
, context_die
, decl
);
10957 add_abstract_origin_attribute (subr_die
, origin
);
10961 unsigned file_index
= lookup_filename (DECL_SOURCE_FILE (decl
));
10963 if (!get_AT_flag (old_die
, DW_AT_declaration
)
10964 /* We can have a normal definition following an inline one in the
10965 case of redefinition of GNU C extern inlines.
10966 It seems reasonable to use AT_specification in this case. */
10967 && !get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_inline
))
10969 /* ??? This can happen if there is a bug in the program, for
10970 instance, if it has duplicate function definitions. Ideally,
10971 we should detect this case and ignore it. For now, if we have
10972 already reported an error, any error at all, then assume that
10973 we got here because of an input error, not a dwarf2 bug. */
10979 /* If the definition comes from the same place as the declaration,
10980 maybe use the old DIE. We always want the DIE for this function
10981 that has the *_pc attributes to be under comp_unit_die so the
10982 debugger can find it. We also need to do this for abstract
10983 instances of inlines, since the spec requires the out-of-line copy
10984 to have the same parent. For local class methods, this doesn't
10985 apply; we just use the old DIE. */
10986 if ((old_die
->die_parent
== comp_unit_die
|| context_die
== NULL
)
10987 && (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
)
10988 || (get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
) == file_index
10989 && (get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
)
10990 == (unsigned) DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl
)))))
10992 subr_die
= old_die
;
10994 /* Clear out the declaration attribute and the parm types. */
10995 remove_AT (subr_die
, DW_AT_declaration
);
10996 remove_children (subr_die
);
11000 subr_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram
, context_die
, decl
);
11001 add_AT_die_ref (subr_die
, DW_AT_specification
, old_die
);
11002 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
) != file_index
)
11003 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
, file_index
);
11004 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
)
11005 != (unsigned) DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl
))
11007 (subr_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
, DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl
));
11012 subr_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram
, context_die
, decl
);
11014 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl
))
11015 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_external
, 1);
11017 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (subr_die
, decl
);
11018 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
11020 add_prototyped_attribute (subr_die
, TREE_TYPE (decl
));
11021 add_type_attribute (subr_die
, TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)),
11022 0, 0, context_die
);
11025 add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (subr_die
, decl
);
11026 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
))
11027 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
11029 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl
))
11030 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_protected
);
11031 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl
))
11032 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_private
);
11037 if (!old_die
|| !get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_inline
))
11039 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
11041 /* The first time we see a member function, it is in the context of
11042 the class to which it belongs. We make sure of this by emitting
11043 the class first. The next time is the definition, which is
11044 handled above. The two may come from the same source text. */
11045 if (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
) || DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
11046 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, subr_die
);
11049 else if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
11051 if (DECL_INLINE (decl
) && !flag_no_inline
)
11053 /* ??? Checking DECL_DEFER_OUTPUT is correct for static
11054 inline functions, but not for extern inline functions.
11055 We can't get this completely correct because information
11056 about whether the function was declared inline is not
11058 if (DECL_DEFER_OUTPUT (decl
))
11059 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_inline
, DW_INL_declared_inlined
);
11061 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_inline
, DW_INL_inlined
);
11064 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_inline
, DW_INL_declared_not_inlined
);
11066 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, subr_die
);
11068 else if (!DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
))
11070 if (!old_die
|| !get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_inline
))
11071 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, subr_die
);
11073 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id
, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
,
11074 current_function_funcdef_no
);
11075 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, label_id
);
11076 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id
, FUNC_END_LABEL
,
11077 current_function_funcdef_no
);
11078 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die
, DW_AT_high_pc
, label_id
);
11080 add_pubname (decl
, subr_die
);
11081 add_arange (decl
, subr_die
);
11083 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
11084 /* Add a reference to the FDE for this routine. */
11085 add_AT_fde_ref (subr_die
, DW_AT_MIPS_fde
, current_funcdef_fde
);
11088 /* Define the "frame base" location for this routine. We use the
11089 frame pointer or stack pointer registers, since the RTL for local
11090 variables is relative to one of them. */
11092 = frame_pointer_needed
? hard_frame_pointer_rtx
: stack_pointer_rtx
;
11093 add_AT_loc (subr_die
, DW_AT_frame_base
, reg_loc_descriptor (fp_reg
));
11096 /* ??? This fails for nested inline functions, because context_display
11097 is not part of the state saved/restored for inline functions. */
11098 if (current_function_needs_context
)
11099 add_AT_location_description (subr_die
, DW_AT_static_link
,
11100 loc_descriptor (lookup_static_chain (decl
)));
11104 /* Now output descriptions of the arguments for this function. This gets
11105 (unnecessarily?) complex because of the fact that the DECL_ARGUMENT list
11106 for a FUNCTION_DECL doesn't indicate cases where there was a trailing
11107 `...' at the end of the formal parameter list. In order to find out if
11108 there was a trailing ellipsis or not, we must instead look at the type
11109 associated with the FUNCTION_DECL. This will be a node of type
11110 FUNCTION_TYPE. If the chain of type nodes hanging off of this
11111 FUNCTION_TYPE node ends with a void_type_node then there should *not* be
11112 an ellipsis at the end. */
11114 /* In the case where we are describing a mere function declaration, all we
11115 need to do here (and all we *can* do here) is to describe the *types* of
11116 its formal parameters. */
11117 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
11119 else if (declaration
)
11120 gen_formal_types_die (decl
, subr_die
);
11123 /* Generate DIEs to represent all known formal parameters */
11124 tree arg_decls
= DECL_ARGUMENTS (decl
);
11127 /* When generating DIEs, generate the unspecified_parameters DIE
11128 instead if we come across the arg "__builtin_va_alist" */
11129 for (parm
= arg_decls
; parm
; parm
= TREE_CHAIN (parm
))
11130 if (TREE_CODE (parm
) == PARM_DECL
)
11132 if (DECL_NAME (parm
)
11133 && !strcmp (IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (parm
)),
11134 "__builtin_va_alist"))
11135 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (parm
, subr_die
);
11137 gen_decl_die (parm
, subr_die
);
11140 /* Decide whether we need an unspecified_parameters DIE at the end.
11141 There are 2 more cases to do this for: 1) the ansi ... declaration -
11142 this is detectable when the end of the arg list is not a
11143 void_type_node 2) an unprototyped function declaration (not a
11144 definition). This just means that we have no info about the
11145 parameters at all. */
11146 fn_arg_types
= TYPE_ARG_TYPES (TREE_TYPE (decl
));
11147 if (fn_arg_types
!= NULL
)
11149 /* this is the prototyped case, check for ... */
11150 if (TREE_VALUE (tree_last (fn_arg_types
)) != void_type_node
)
11151 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl
, subr_die
);
11153 else if (DECL_INITIAL (decl
) == NULL_TREE
)
11154 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl
, subr_die
);
11157 /* Output Dwarf info for all of the stuff within the body of the function
11158 (if it has one - it may be just a declaration). */
11159 outer_scope
= DECL_INITIAL (decl
);
11161 /* OUTER_SCOPE is a pointer to the outermost BLOCK node created to represent
11162 a function. This BLOCK actually represents the outermost binding contour
11163 for the function, i.e. the contour in which the function's formal
11164 parameters and labels get declared. Curiously, it appears that the front
11165 end doesn't actually put the PARM_DECL nodes for the current function onto
11166 the BLOCK_VARS list for this outer scope, but are strung off of the
11167 DECL_ARGUMENTS list for the function instead.
11169 The BLOCK_VARS list for the `outer_scope' does provide us with a list of
11170 the LABEL_DECL nodes for the function however, and we output DWARF info
11171 for those in decls_for_scope. Just within the `outer_scope' there will be
11172 a BLOCK node representing the function's outermost pair of curly braces,
11173 and any blocks used for the base and member initializers of a C++
11174 constructor function. */
11175 if (! declaration
&& TREE_CODE (outer_scope
) != ERROR_MARK
)
11177 current_function_has_inlines
= 0;
11178 decls_for_scope (outer_scope
, subr_die
, 0);
11180 #if 0 && defined (MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO)
11181 if (current_function_has_inlines
)
11183 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines
, 1);
11184 if (! comp_unit_has_inlines
)
11186 add_AT_flag (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines
, 1);
11187 comp_unit_has_inlines
= 1;
11194 /* Generate a DIE to represent a declared data object. */
11197 gen_variable_die (decl
, context_die
)
11199 dw_die_ref context_die
;
11201 tree origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
11202 dw_die_ref var_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_variable
, context_die
, decl
);
11204 dw_die_ref old_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
11205 int declaration
= (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
)
11206 || class_scope_p (context_die
));
11208 if (origin
!= NULL
)
11209 add_abstract_origin_attribute (var_die
, origin
);
11211 /* Loop unrolling can create multiple blocks that refer to the same
11212 static variable, so we must test for the DW_AT_declaration flag.
11214 ??? Loop unrolling/reorder_blocks should perhaps be rewritten to
11215 copy decls and set the DECL_ABSTRACT flag on them instead of
11218 ??? Duplicated blocks have been rewritten to use .debug_ranges. */
11219 else if (old_die
&& TREE_STATIC (decl
)
11220 && get_AT_flag (old_die
, DW_AT_declaration
) == 1)
11222 /* This is a definition of a C++ class level static. */
11223 add_AT_die_ref (var_die
, DW_AT_specification
, old_die
);
11224 if (DECL_NAME (decl
))
11226 unsigned file_index
= lookup_filename (DECL_SOURCE_FILE (decl
));
11228 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
) != file_index
)
11229 add_AT_unsigned (var_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
, file_index
);
11231 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
)
11232 != (unsigned) DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl
))
11234 add_AT_unsigned (var_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
,
11235 DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl
));
11240 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (var_die
, decl
);
11241 add_type_attribute (var_die
, TREE_TYPE (decl
), TREE_READONLY (decl
),
11242 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl
), context_die
);
11244 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl
))
11245 add_AT_flag (var_die
, DW_AT_external
, 1);
11247 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
))
11248 add_AT_flag (var_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
11250 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl
))
11251 add_AT_unsigned (var_die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_protected
);
11252 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl
))
11253 add_AT_unsigned (var_die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_private
);
11257 add_AT_flag (var_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
11259 if (class_scope_p (context_die
) || DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
11260 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, var_die
);
11262 if (! declaration
&& ! DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
11264 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (var_die
, decl
);
11265 add_pubname (decl
, var_die
);
11268 tree_add_const_value_attribute (var_die
, decl
);
11271 /* Generate a DIE to represent a label identifier. */
11274 gen_label_die (decl
, context_die
)
11276 dw_die_ref context_die
;
11278 tree origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
11279 dw_die_ref lbl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_label
, context_die
, decl
);
11281 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
11283 if (origin
!= NULL
)
11284 add_abstract_origin_attribute (lbl_die
, origin
);
11286 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (lbl_die
, decl
);
11288 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
11289 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, lbl_die
);
11292 insn
= DECL_RTL (decl
);
11294 /* Deleted labels are programmer specified labels which have been
11295 eliminated because of various optimizations. We still emit them
11296 here so that it is possible to put breakpoints on them. */
11297 if (GET_CODE (insn
) == CODE_LABEL
11298 || ((GET_CODE (insn
) == NOTE
11299 && NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (insn
) == NOTE_INSN_DELETED_LABEL
)))
11301 /* When optimization is enabled (via -O) some parts of the compiler
11302 (e.g. jump.c and cse.c) may try to delete CODE_LABEL insns which
11303 represent source-level labels which were explicitly declared by
11304 the user. This really shouldn't be happening though, so catch
11305 it if it ever does happen. */
11306 if (INSN_DELETED_P (insn
))
11309 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, "L", CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (insn
));
11310 add_AT_lbl_id (lbl_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, label
);
11315 /* Generate a DIE for a lexical block. */
11318 gen_lexical_block_die (stmt
, context_die
, depth
)
11320 dw_die_ref context_die
;
11323 dw_die_ref stmt_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_lexical_block
, context_die
, stmt
);
11324 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
11326 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt
))
11328 if (BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (stmt
))
11332 add_AT_range_list (stmt_die
, DW_AT_ranges
, add_ranges (stmt
));
11334 chain
= BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (stmt
);
11337 add_ranges (chain
);
11338 chain
= BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (chain
);
11345 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
,
11346 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt
));
11347 add_AT_lbl_id (stmt_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, label
);
11348 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, BLOCK_END_LABEL
,
11349 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt
));
11350 add_AT_lbl_id (stmt_die
, DW_AT_high_pc
, label
);
11354 decls_for_scope (stmt
, stmt_die
, depth
);
11357 /* Generate a DIE for an inlined subprogram. */
11360 gen_inlined_subroutine_die (stmt
, context_die
, depth
)
11362 dw_die_ref context_die
;
11365 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt
))
11367 dw_die_ref subr_die
11368 = new_die (DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine
, context_die
, stmt
);
11369 tree decl
= block_ultimate_origin (stmt
);
11370 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
11372 /* Emit info for the abstract instance first, if we haven't yet. */
11373 dwarf2out_abstract_function (decl
);
11375 add_abstract_origin_attribute (subr_die
, decl
);
11376 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
,
11377 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt
));
11378 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, label
);
11379 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, BLOCK_END_LABEL
,
11380 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt
));
11381 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die
, DW_AT_high_pc
, label
);
11382 decls_for_scope (stmt
, subr_die
, depth
);
11383 current_function_has_inlines
= 1;
11386 /* We may get here if we're the outer block of function A that was
11387 inlined into function B that was inlined into function C. When
11388 generating debugging info for C, dwarf2out_abstract_function(B)
11389 would mark all inlined blocks as abstract, including this one.
11390 So, we wouldn't (and shouldn't) expect labels to be generated
11391 for this one. Instead, just emit debugging info for
11392 declarations within the block. This is particularly important
11393 in the case of initializers of arguments passed from B to us:
11394 if they're statement expressions containing declarations, we
11395 wouldn't generate dies for their abstract variables, and then,
11396 when generating dies for the real variables, we'd die (pun
11398 gen_lexical_block_die (stmt
, context_die
, depth
);
11401 /* Generate a DIE for a field in a record, or structure. */
11404 gen_field_die (decl
, context_die
)
11406 dw_die_ref context_die
;
11408 dw_die_ref decl_die
;
11410 if (TREE_TYPE (decl
) == error_mark_node
)
11413 decl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_member
, context_die
, decl
);
11414 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (decl_die
, decl
);
11415 add_type_attribute (decl_die
, member_declared_type (decl
),
11416 TREE_READONLY (decl
), TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl
),
11419 if (DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl
))
11421 add_byte_size_attribute (decl_die
, decl
);
11422 add_bit_size_attribute (decl_die
, decl
);
11423 add_bit_offset_attribute (decl_die
, decl
);
11426 if (TREE_CODE (DECL_FIELD_CONTEXT (decl
)) != UNION_TYPE
)
11427 add_data_member_location_attribute (decl_die
, decl
);
11429 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
))
11430 add_AT_flag (decl_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
11432 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl
))
11433 add_AT_unsigned (decl_die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_protected
);
11434 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl
))
11435 add_AT_unsigned (decl_die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_private
);
11439 /* Don't generate either pointer_type DIEs or reference_type DIEs here.
11440 Use modified_type_die instead.
11441 We keep this code here just in case these types of DIEs may be needed to
11442 represent certain things in other languages (e.g. Pascal) someday. */
11445 gen_pointer_type_die (type
, context_die
)
11447 dw_die_ref context_die
;
11450 = new_die (DW_TAG_pointer_type
, scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
11452 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, ptr_die
);
11453 add_type_attribute (ptr_die
, TREE_TYPE (type
), 0, 0, context_die
);
11454 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
, PTR_SIZE
);
11457 /* Don't generate either pointer_type DIEs or reference_type DIEs here.
11458 Use modified_type_die instead.
11459 We keep this code here just in case these types of DIEs may be needed to
11460 represent certain things in other languages (e.g. Pascal) someday. */
11463 gen_reference_type_die (type
, context_die
)
11465 dw_die_ref context_die
;
11468 = new_die (DW_TAG_reference_type
, scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
11470 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, ref_die
);
11471 add_type_attribute (ref_die
, TREE_TYPE (type
), 0, 0, context_die
);
11472 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
, PTR_SIZE
);
11476 /* Generate a DIE for a pointer to a member type. */
11479 gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (type
, context_die
)
11481 dw_die_ref context_die
;
11484 = new_die (DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type
,
11485 scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
11487 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, ptr_die
);
11488 add_AT_die_ref (ptr_die
, DW_AT_containing_type
,
11489 lookup_type_die (TYPE_OFFSET_BASETYPE (type
)));
11490 add_type_attribute (ptr_die
, TREE_TYPE (type
), 0, 0, context_die
);
11493 /* Generate the DIE for the compilation unit. */
11496 gen_compile_unit_die (filename
)
11497 const char *filename
;
11500 char producer
[250];
11501 const char *language_string
= lang_hooks
.name
;
11504 die
= new_die (DW_TAG_compile_unit
, NULL
, NULL
);
11508 add_name_attribute (die
, filename
);
11509 /* Don't add cwd for <built-in>. */
11510 if (filename
[0] != DIR_SEPARATOR
&& filename
[0] != '<')
11511 add_comp_dir_attribute (die
);
11514 sprintf (producer
, "%s %s", language_string
, version_string
);
11516 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
11517 /* The MIPS/SGI compilers place the 'cc' command line options in the producer
11518 string. The SGI debugger looks for -g, -g1, -g2, or -g3; if they do
11519 not appear in the producer string, the debugger reaches the conclusion
11520 that the object file is stripped and has no debugging information.
11521 To get the MIPS/SGI debugger to believe that there is debugging
11522 information in the object file, we add a -g to the producer string. */
11523 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
11524 strcat (producer
, " -g");
11527 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_producer
, producer
);
11529 if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU C++") == 0)
11530 language
= DW_LANG_C_plus_plus
;
11531 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU Ada") == 0)
11532 language
= DW_LANG_Ada95
;
11533 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU F77") == 0)
11534 language
= DW_LANG_Fortran77
;
11535 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU Pascal") == 0)
11536 language
= DW_LANG_Pascal83
;
11537 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU Java") == 0)
11538 language
= DW_LANG_Java
;
11540 language
= DW_LANG_C89
;
11542 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_language
, language
);
11546 /* Generate a DIE for a string type. */
11549 gen_string_type_die (type
, context_die
)
11551 dw_die_ref context_die
;
11553 dw_die_ref type_die
11554 = new_die (DW_TAG_string_type
, scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
11556 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, type_die
);
11558 /* ??? Fudge the string length attribute for now.
11559 TODO: add string length info. */
11561 string_length_attribute (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type
)));
11562 bound_representation (upper_bound
, 0, 'u');
11566 /* Generate the DIE for a base class. */
11569 gen_inheritance_die (binfo
, access
, context_die
)
11570 tree binfo
, access
;
11571 dw_die_ref context_die
;
11573 dw_die_ref die
= new_die (DW_TAG_inheritance
, context_die
, binfo
);
11575 add_type_attribute (die
, BINFO_TYPE (binfo
), 0, 0, context_die
);
11576 add_data_member_location_attribute (die
, binfo
);
11578 if (TREE_VIA_VIRTUAL (binfo
))
11579 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_virtuality
, DW_VIRTUALITY_virtual
);
11581 if (access
== access_public_node
)
11582 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_public
);
11583 else if (access
== access_protected_node
)
11584 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_protected
);
11587 /* Generate a DIE for a class member. */
11590 gen_member_die (type
, context_die
)
11592 dw_die_ref context_die
;
11595 tree binfo
= TYPE_BINFO (type
);
11598 /* If this is not an incomplete type, output descriptions of each of its
11599 members. Note that as we output the DIEs necessary to represent the
11600 members of this record or union type, we will also be trying to output
11601 DIEs to represent the *types* of those members. However the `type'
11602 function (above) will specifically avoid generating type DIEs for member
11603 types *within* the list of member DIEs for this (containing) type except
11604 for those types (of members) which are explicitly marked as also being
11605 members of this (containing) type themselves. The g++ front- end can
11606 force any given type to be treated as a member of some other (containing)
11607 type by setting the TYPE_CONTEXT of the given (member) type to point to
11608 the TREE node representing the appropriate (containing) type. */
11610 /* First output info about the base classes. */
11611 if (binfo
&& BINFO_BASETYPES (binfo
))
11613 tree bases
= BINFO_BASETYPES (binfo
);
11614 tree accesses
= BINFO_BASEACCESSES (binfo
);
11615 int n_bases
= TREE_VEC_LENGTH (bases
);
11618 for (i
= 0; i
< n_bases
; i
++)
11619 gen_inheritance_die (TREE_VEC_ELT (bases
, i
),
11620 (accesses
? TREE_VEC_ELT (accesses
, i
)
11621 : access_public_node
), context_die
);
11624 /* Now output info about the data members and type members. */
11625 for (member
= TYPE_FIELDS (type
); member
; member
= TREE_CHAIN (member
))
11627 /* If we thought we were generating minimal debug info for TYPE
11628 and then changed our minds, some of the member declarations
11629 may have already been defined. Don't define them again, but
11630 do put them in the right order. */
11632 child
= lookup_decl_die (member
);
11634 splice_child_die (context_die
, child
);
11636 gen_decl_die (member
, context_die
);
11639 /* Now output info about the function members (if any). */
11640 for (member
= TYPE_METHODS (type
); member
; member
= TREE_CHAIN (member
))
11642 /* Don't include clones in the member list. */
11643 if (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (member
))
11646 child
= lookup_decl_die (member
);
11648 splice_child_die (context_die
, child
);
11650 gen_decl_die (member
, context_die
);
11654 /* Generate a DIE for a structure or union type. If TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG
11655 is set, we pretend that the type was never defined, so we only get the
11656 member DIEs needed by later specification DIEs. */
11659 gen_struct_or_union_type_die (type
, context_die
)
11661 dw_die_ref context_die
;
11663 dw_die_ref type_die
= lookup_type_die (type
);
11664 dw_die_ref scope_die
= 0;
11666 int complete
= (TYPE_SIZE (type
)
11667 && (! TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
)
11668 || ! TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
))));
11670 if (type_die
&& ! complete
)
11673 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
) != NULL_TREE
11674 && AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
)))
11677 scope_die
= scope_die_for (type
, context_die
);
11679 if (! type_die
|| (nested
&& scope_die
== comp_unit_die
))
11680 /* First occurrence of type or toplevel definition of nested class. */
11682 dw_die_ref old_die
= type_die
;
11684 type_die
= new_die (TREE_CODE (type
) == RECORD_TYPE
11685 ? DW_TAG_structure_type
: DW_TAG_union_type
,
11687 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, type_die
);
11689 add_AT_die_ref (type_die
, DW_AT_specification
, old_die
);
11691 add_name_attribute (type_die
, type_tag (type
));
11694 remove_AT (type_die
, DW_AT_declaration
);
11696 /* If this type has been completed, then give it a byte_size attribute and
11697 then give a list of members. */
11700 /* Prevent infinite recursion in cases where the type of some member of
11701 this type is expressed in terms of this type itself. */
11702 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
11703 add_byte_size_attribute (type_die
, type
);
11704 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
) != NULL_TREE
)
11705 add_src_coords_attributes (type_die
, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
));
11707 /* If the first reference to this type was as the return type of an
11708 inline function, then it may not have a parent. Fix this now. */
11709 if (type_die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
11710 add_child_die (scope_die
, type_die
);
11712 push_decl_scope (type
);
11713 gen_member_die (type
, type_die
);
11716 /* GNU extension: Record what type our vtable lives in. */
11717 if (TYPE_VFIELD (type
))
11719 tree vtype
= DECL_FCONTEXT (TYPE_VFIELD (type
));
11721 gen_type_die (vtype
, context_die
);
11722 add_AT_die_ref (type_die
, DW_AT_containing_type
,
11723 lookup_type_die (vtype
));
11728 add_AT_flag (type_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
11730 /* We don't need to do this for function-local types. */
11731 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
)
11732 && ! decl_function_context (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
)))
11733 VARRAY_PUSH_TREE (incomplete_types
, type
);
11737 /* Generate a DIE for a subroutine _type_. */
11740 gen_subroutine_type_die (type
, context_die
)
11742 dw_die_ref context_die
;
11744 tree return_type
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
11745 dw_die_ref subr_die
11746 = new_die (DW_TAG_subroutine_type
,
11747 scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
11749 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, subr_die
);
11750 add_prototyped_attribute (subr_die
, type
);
11751 add_type_attribute (subr_die
, return_type
, 0, 0, context_die
);
11752 gen_formal_types_die (type
, subr_die
);
11755 /* Generate a DIE for a type definition */
11758 gen_typedef_die (decl
, context_die
)
11760 dw_die_ref context_die
;
11762 dw_die_ref type_die
;
11765 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl
))
11768 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl
) = 1;
11769 type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_typedef
, context_die
, decl
);
11770 origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
11771 if (origin
!= NULL
)
11772 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die
, origin
);
11777 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (type_die
, decl
);
11778 if (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl
))
11780 type
= DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl
);
11782 if (type
== TREE_TYPE (decl
))
11785 equate_type_number_to_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), type_die
);
11788 type
= TREE_TYPE (decl
);
11790 add_type_attribute (type_die
, type
, TREE_READONLY (decl
),
11791 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl
), context_die
);
11794 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
11795 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, type_die
);
11798 /* Generate a type description DIE. */
11801 gen_type_die (type
, context_die
)
11803 dw_die_ref context_die
;
11807 if (type
== NULL_TREE
|| type
== error_mark_node
)
11810 if (TYPE_NAME (type
) && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type
)) == TYPE_DECL
11811 && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (type
)))
11813 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
))
11816 /* Prevent broken recursion; we can't hand off to the same type. */
11817 if (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (type
)) == type
)
11820 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
11821 gen_decl_die (TYPE_NAME (type
), context_die
);
11825 /* We are going to output a DIE to represent the unqualified version
11826 of this type (i.e. without any const or volatile qualifiers) so
11827 get the main variant (i.e. the unqualified version) of this type
11828 now. (Vectors are special because the debugging info is in the
11829 cloned type itself). */
11830 if (TREE_CODE (type
) != VECTOR_TYPE
)
11831 type
= type_main_variant (type
);
11833 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
))
11836 switch (TREE_CODE (type
))
11842 case REFERENCE_TYPE
:
11843 /* We must set TREE_ASM_WRITTEN in case this is a recursive type. This
11844 ensures that the gen_type_die recursion will terminate even if the
11845 type is recursive. Recursive types are possible in Ada. */
11846 /* ??? We could perhaps do this for all types before the switch
11848 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
11850 /* For these types, all that is required is that we output a DIE (or a
11851 set of DIEs) to represent the "basis" type. */
11852 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
);
11856 /* This code is used for C++ pointer-to-data-member types.
11857 Output a description of the relevant class type. */
11858 gen_type_die (TYPE_OFFSET_BASETYPE (type
), context_die
);
11860 /* Output a description of the type of the object pointed to. */
11861 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
);
11863 /* Now output a DIE to represent this pointer-to-data-member type
11865 gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (type
, context_die
);
11869 gen_type_die (TYPE_DOMAIN (type
), context_die
);
11870 gen_set_type_die (type
, context_die
);
11874 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
);
11875 abort (); /* No way to represent these in Dwarf yet! */
11878 case FUNCTION_TYPE
:
11879 /* Force out return type (in case it wasn't forced out already). */
11880 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
);
11881 gen_subroutine_type_die (type
, context_die
);
11885 /* Force out return type (in case it wasn't forced out already). */
11886 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
);
11887 gen_subroutine_type_die (type
, context_die
);
11891 if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (type
) && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (type
)) == CHAR_TYPE
)
11893 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
);
11894 gen_string_type_die (type
, context_die
);
11897 gen_array_type_die (type
, context_die
);
11901 gen_array_type_die (type
, context_die
);
11904 case ENUMERAL_TYPE
:
11907 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE
:
11908 /* If this is a nested type whose containing class hasn't been written
11909 out yet, writing it out will cover this one, too. This does not apply
11910 to instantiations of member class templates; they need to be added to
11911 the containing class as they are generated. FIXME: This hurts the
11912 idea of combining type decls from multiple TUs, since we can't predict
11913 what set of template instantiations we'll get. */
11914 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
)
11915 && AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
))
11916 && ! TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
)))
11918 gen_type_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
), context_die
);
11920 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
))
11923 /* If that failed, attach ourselves to the stub. */
11924 push_decl_scope (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
));
11925 context_die
= lookup_type_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
));
11931 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ENUMERAL_TYPE
)
11932 gen_enumeration_type_die (type
, context_die
);
11934 gen_struct_or_union_type_die (type
, context_die
);
11939 /* Don't set TREE_ASM_WRITTEN on an incomplete struct; we want to fix
11940 it up if it is ever completed. gen_*_type_die will set it for us
11941 when appropriate. */
11950 /* No DIEs needed for fundamental types. */
11954 /* No Dwarf representation currently defined. */
11961 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
11964 /* Generate a DIE for a tagged type instantiation. */
11967 gen_tagged_type_instantiation_die (type
, context_die
)
11969 dw_die_ref context_die
;
11971 if (type
== NULL_TREE
|| type
== error_mark_node
)
11974 /* We are going to output a DIE to represent the unqualified version of
11975 this type (i.e. without any const or volatile qualifiers) so make sure
11976 that we have the main variant (i.e. the unqualified version) of this
11978 if (type
!= type_main_variant (type
))
11981 /* Do not check TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) as it may not be set if this is
11982 an instance of an unresolved type. */
11984 switch (TREE_CODE (type
))
11989 case ENUMERAL_TYPE
:
11990 gen_inlined_enumeration_type_die (type
, context_die
);
11994 gen_inlined_structure_type_die (type
, context_die
);
11998 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE
:
11999 gen_inlined_union_type_die (type
, context_die
);
12007 /* Generate a DW_TAG_lexical_block DIE followed by DIEs to represent all of the
12008 things which are local to the given block. */
12011 gen_block_die (stmt
, context_die
, depth
)
12013 dw_die_ref context_die
;
12016 int must_output_die
= 0;
12019 enum tree_code origin_code
;
12021 /* Ignore blocks never really used to make RTL. */
12022 if (stmt
== NULL_TREE
|| !TREE_USED (stmt
)
12023 || (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (stmt
) && !BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt
)))
12026 /* If the block is one fragment of a non-contiguous block, do not
12027 process the variables, since they will have been done by the
12028 origin block. Do process subblocks. */
12029 if (BLOCK_FRAGMENT_ORIGIN (stmt
))
12033 for (sub
= BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (stmt
); sub
; sub
= BLOCK_CHAIN (sub
))
12034 gen_block_die (sub
, context_die
, depth
+ 1);
12039 /* Determine the "ultimate origin" of this block. This block may be an
12040 inlined instance of an inlined instance of inline function, so we have
12041 to trace all of the way back through the origin chain to find out what
12042 sort of node actually served as the original seed for the creation of
12043 the current block. */
12044 origin
= block_ultimate_origin (stmt
);
12045 origin_code
= (origin
!= NULL
) ? TREE_CODE (origin
) : ERROR_MARK
;
12047 /* Determine if we need to output any Dwarf DIEs at all to represent this
12049 if (origin_code
== FUNCTION_DECL
)
12050 /* The outer scopes for inlinings *must* always be represented. We
12051 generate DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine DIEs for them. (See below.) */
12052 must_output_die
= 1;
12055 /* In the case where the current block represents an inlining of the
12056 "body block" of an inline function, we must *NOT* output any DIE for
12057 this block because we have already output a DIE to represent the whole
12058 inlined function scope and the "body block" of any function doesn't
12059 really represent a different scope according to ANSI C rules. So we
12060 check here to make sure that this block does not represent a "body
12061 block inlining" before trying to set the MUST_OUTPUT_DIE flag. */
12062 if (! is_body_block (origin
? origin
: stmt
))
12064 /* Determine if this block directly contains any "significant"
12065 local declarations which we will need to output DIEs for. */
12066 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
12067 /* We are not in terse mode so *any* local declaration counts
12068 as being a "significant" one. */
12069 must_output_die
= (BLOCK_VARS (stmt
) != NULL
);
12071 /* We are in terse mode, so only local (nested) function
12072 definitions count as "significant" local declarations. */
12073 for (decl
= BLOCK_VARS (stmt
);
12074 decl
!= NULL
; decl
= TREE_CHAIN (decl
))
12075 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
12076 && DECL_INITIAL (decl
))
12078 must_output_die
= 1;
12084 /* It would be a waste of space to generate a Dwarf DW_TAG_lexical_block
12085 DIE for any block which contains no significant local declarations at
12086 all. Rather, in such cases we just call `decls_for_scope' so that any
12087 needed Dwarf info for any sub-blocks will get properly generated. Note
12088 that in terse mode, our definition of what constitutes a "significant"
12089 local declaration gets restricted to include only inlined function
12090 instances and local (nested) function definitions. */
12091 if (must_output_die
)
12093 if (origin_code
== FUNCTION_DECL
)
12094 gen_inlined_subroutine_die (stmt
, context_die
, depth
);
12096 gen_lexical_block_die (stmt
, context_die
, depth
);
12099 decls_for_scope (stmt
, context_die
, depth
);
12102 /* Generate all of the decls declared within a given scope and (recursively)
12103 all of its sub-blocks. */
12106 decls_for_scope (stmt
, context_die
, depth
)
12108 dw_die_ref context_die
;
12114 /* Ignore blocks never really used to make RTL. */
12115 if (stmt
== NULL_TREE
|| ! TREE_USED (stmt
))
12118 /* Output the DIEs to represent all of the data objects and typedefs
12119 declared directly within this block but not within any nested
12120 sub-blocks. Also, nested function and tag DIEs have been
12121 generated with a parent of NULL; fix that up now. */
12122 for (decl
= BLOCK_VARS (stmt
); decl
!= NULL
; decl
= TREE_CHAIN (decl
))
12126 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
)
12127 die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
12128 else if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == TYPE_DECL
&& TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl
))
12129 die
= lookup_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
));
12133 if (die
!= NULL
&& die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
12134 add_child_die (context_die
, die
);
12136 gen_decl_die (decl
, context_die
);
12139 /* If we're at -g1, we're not interested in subblocks. */
12140 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
12143 /* Output the DIEs to represent all sub-blocks (and the items declared
12144 therein) of this block. */
12145 for (subblocks
= BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (stmt
);
12147 subblocks
= BLOCK_CHAIN (subblocks
))
12148 gen_block_die (subblocks
, context_die
, depth
+ 1);
12151 /* Is this a typedef we can avoid emitting? */
12154 is_redundant_typedef (decl
)
12157 if (TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl
))
12160 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
)
12161 && DECL_CONTEXT (decl
)
12162 && is_tagged_type (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
))
12163 && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
))) == TYPE_DECL
12164 && DECL_NAME (decl
) == DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
))))
12165 /* Also ignore the artificial member typedef for the class name. */
12171 /* Generate Dwarf debug information for a decl described by DECL. */
12174 gen_decl_die (decl
, context_die
)
12176 dw_die_ref context_die
;
12180 if (DECL_P (decl
) && DECL_IGNORED_P (decl
))
12183 switch (TREE_CODE (decl
))
12189 /* The individual enumerators of an enum type get output when we output
12190 the Dwarf representation of the relevant enum type itself. */
12193 case FUNCTION_DECL
:
12194 /* Don't output any DIEs to represent mere function declarations,
12195 unless they are class members or explicit block externs. */
12196 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl
) == NULL_TREE
&& DECL_CONTEXT (decl
) == NULL_TREE
12197 && (current_function_decl
== NULL_TREE
|| DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
)))
12200 /* If we're emitting a clone, emit info for the abstract instance. */
12201 if (DECL_ORIGIN (decl
) != decl
)
12202 dwarf2out_abstract_function (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl
));
12204 /* If we're emitting an out-of-line copy of an inline function,
12205 emit info for the abstract instance and set up to refer to it. */
12206 else if (DECL_INLINE (decl
) && ! DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
)
12207 && ! class_scope_p (context_die
)
12208 /* dwarf2out_abstract_function won't emit a die if this is just
12209 a declaration. We must avoid setting DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN in
12210 that case, because that works only if we have a die. */
12211 && DECL_INITIAL (decl
) != NULL_TREE
)
12213 dwarf2out_abstract_function (decl
);
12214 set_decl_origin_self (decl
);
12217 /* Otherwise we're emitting the primary DIE for this decl. */
12218 else if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
12220 /* Before we describe the FUNCTION_DECL itself, make sure that we
12221 have described its return type. */
12222 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)), context_die
);
12224 /* And its virtual context. */
12225 if (DECL_VINDEX (decl
) != NULL_TREE
)
12226 gen_type_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
), context_die
);
12228 /* And its containing type. */
12229 origin
= decl_class_context (decl
);
12230 if (origin
!= NULL_TREE
)
12231 gen_type_die_for_member (origin
, decl
, context_die
);
12234 /* Now output a DIE to represent the function itself. */
12235 gen_subprogram_die (decl
, context_die
);
12239 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
12240 actual typedefs. */
12241 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
12244 /* In the special case of a TYPE_DECL node representing the declaration
12245 of some type tag, if the given TYPE_DECL is marked as having been
12246 instantiated from some other (original) TYPE_DECL node (e.g. one which
12247 was generated within the original definition of an inline function) we
12248 have to generate a special (abbreviated) DW_TAG_structure_type,
12249 DW_TAG_union_type, or DW_TAG_enumeration_type DIE here. */
12250 if (TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl
) && decl_ultimate_origin (decl
) != NULL_TREE
)
12252 gen_tagged_type_instantiation_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), context_die
);
12256 if (is_redundant_typedef (decl
))
12257 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), context_die
);
12259 /* Output a DIE to represent the typedef itself. */
12260 gen_typedef_die (decl
, context_die
);
12264 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL
)
12265 gen_label_die (decl
, context_die
);
12269 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
12270 variable declarations or definitions. */
12271 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
12274 /* Output any DIEs that are needed to specify the type of this data
12276 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), context_die
);
12278 /* And its containing type. */
12279 origin
= decl_class_context (decl
);
12280 if (origin
!= NULL_TREE
)
12281 gen_type_die_for_member (origin
, decl
, context_die
);
12283 /* Now output the DIE to represent the data object itself. This gets
12284 complicated because of the possibility that the VAR_DECL really
12285 represents an inlined instance of a formal parameter for an inline
12287 origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
12288 if (origin
!= NULL_TREE
&& TREE_CODE (origin
) == PARM_DECL
)
12289 gen_formal_parameter_die (decl
, context_die
);
12291 gen_variable_die (decl
, context_die
);
12295 /* Ignore the nameless fields that are used to skip bits but handle C++
12296 anonymous unions. */
12297 if (DECL_NAME (decl
) != NULL_TREE
12298 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)) == UNION_TYPE
)
12300 gen_type_die (member_declared_type (decl
), context_die
);
12301 gen_field_die (decl
, context_die
);
12306 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), context_die
);
12307 gen_formal_parameter_die (decl
, context_die
);
12310 case NAMESPACE_DECL
:
12311 /* Ignore for now. */
12315 if ((int)TREE_CODE (decl
) > NUM_TREE_CODES
)
12316 /* Probably some frontend-internal decl. Assume we don't care. */
12322 /* Add Ada "use" clause information for SGI Workshop debugger. */
12325 dwarf2out_add_library_unit_info (filename
, context_list
)
12326 const char *filename
;
12327 const char *context_list
;
12329 unsigned int file_index
;
12331 if (filename
!= NULL
)
12333 dw_die_ref unit_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_module
, comp_unit_die
, NULL
);
12334 tree context_list_decl
12335 = build_decl (LABEL_DECL
, get_identifier (context_list
),
12338 TREE_PUBLIC (context_list_decl
) = TRUE
;
12339 add_name_attribute (unit_die
, context_list
);
12340 file_index
= lookup_filename (filename
);
12341 add_AT_unsigned (unit_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
, file_index
);
12342 add_pubname (context_list_decl
, unit_die
);
12346 /* Output debug information for global decl DECL. Called from toplev.c after
12347 compilation proper has finished. */
12350 dwarf2out_global_decl (decl
)
12353 /* Output DWARF2 information for file-scope tentative data object
12354 declarations, file-scope (extern) function declarations (which had no
12355 corresponding body) and file-scope tagged type declarations and
12356 definitions which have not yet been forced out. */
12357 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) != FUNCTION_DECL
|| !DECL_INITIAL (decl
))
12358 dwarf2out_decl (decl
);
12361 /* Write the debugging output for DECL. */
12364 dwarf2out_decl (decl
)
12367 dw_die_ref context_die
= comp_unit_die
;
12369 switch (TREE_CODE (decl
))
12374 case FUNCTION_DECL
:
12375 /* Ignore this FUNCTION_DECL if it refers to a builtin declaration of a
12376 builtin function. Explicit programmer-supplied declarations of
12377 these same functions should NOT be ignored however. */
12378 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
) && DECL_BUILT_IN (decl
))
12381 /* What we would really like to do here is to filter out all mere
12382 file-scope declarations of file-scope functions which are never
12383 referenced later within this translation unit (and keep all of ones
12384 that *are* referenced later on) but we aren't clairvoyant, so we have
12385 no idea which functions will be referenced in the future (i.e. later
12386 on within the current translation unit). So here we just ignore all
12387 file-scope function declarations which are not also definitions. If
12388 and when the debugger needs to know something about these functions,
12389 it will have to hunt around and find the DWARF information associated
12390 with the definition of the function.
12392 We can't just check DECL_EXTERNAL to find out which FUNCTION_DECL
12393 nodes represent definitions and which ones represent mere
12394 declarations. We have to check DECL_INITIAL instead. That's because
12395 the C front-end supports some weird semantics for "extern inline"
12396 function definitions. These can get inlined within the current
12397 translation unit (an thus, we need to generate Dwarf info for their
12398 abstract instances so that the Dwarf info for the concrete inlined
12399 instances can have something to refer to) but the compiler never
12400 generates any out-of-lines instances of such things (despite the fact
12401 that they *are* definitions).
12403 The important point is that the C front-end marks these "extern
12404 inline" functions as DECL_EXTERNAL, but we need to generate DWARF for
12405 them anyway. Note that the C++ front-end also plays some similar games
12406 for inline function definitions appearing within include files which
12407 also contain `#pragma interface' pragmas. */
12408 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl
) == NULL_TREE
)
12411 /* If we're a nested function, initially use a parent of NULL; if we're
12412 a plain function, this will be fixed up in decls_for_scope. If
12413 we're a method, it will be ignored, since we already have a DIE. */
12414 if (decl_function_context (decl
)
12415 /* But if we're in terse mode, we don't care about scope. */
12416 && debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
12417 context_die
= NULL
;
12421 /* Ignore this VAR_DECL if it refers to a file-scope extern data object
12422 declaration and if the declaration was never even referenced from
12423 within this entire compilation unit. We suppress these DIEs in
12424 order to save space in the .debug section (by eliminating entries
12425 which are probably useless). Note that we must not suppress
12426 block-local extern declarations (whether used or not) because that
12427 would screw-up the debugger's name lookup mechanism and cause it to
12428 miss things which really ought to be in scope at a given point. */
12429 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
) && !TREE_USED (decl
))
12432 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
12433 variable declarations or definitions. */
12434 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
12439 /* Don't emit stubs for types unless they are needed by other DIEs. */
12440 if (TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (decl
))
12443 /* Don't bother trying to generate any DIEs to represent any of the
12444 normal built-in types for the language we are compiling. */
12445 if (DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl
) == 0)
12447 /* OK, we need to generate one for `bool' so GDB knows what type
12448 comparisons have. */
12449 if ((get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
)
12450 == DW_LANG_C_plus_plus
)
12451 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)) == BOOLEAN_TYPE
12452 && ! DECL_IGNORED_P (decl
))
12453 modified_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), 0, 0, NULL
);
12458 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs for types. */
12459 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
12462 /* If we're a function-scope tag, initially use a parent of NULL;
12463 this will be fixed up in decls_for_scope. */
12464 if (decl_function_context (decl
))
12465 context_die
= NULL
;
12473 gen_decl_die (decl
, context_die
);
12476 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of the generated code for
12477 a lexical block. */
12480 dwarf2out_begin_block (line
, blocknum
)
12481 unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
12482 unsigned int blocknum
;
12484 function_section (current_function_decl
);
12485 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file
, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
, blocknum
);
12488 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the end of the generated code for a
12492 dwarf2out_end_block (line
, blocknum
)
12493 unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
12494 unsigned int blocknum
;
12496 function_section (current_function_decl
);
12497 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file
, BLOCK_END_LABEL
, blocknum
);
12500 /* Returns nonzero if it is appropriate not to emit any debugging
12501 information for BLOCK, because it doesn't contain any instructions.
12503 Don't allow this for blocks with nested functions or local classes
12504 as we would end up with orphans, and in the presence of scheduling
12505 we may end up calling them anyway. */
12508 dwarf2out_ignore_block (block
)
12513 for (decl
= BLOCK_VARS (block
); decl
; decl
= TREE_CHAIN (decl
))
12514 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
12515 || (TREE_CODE (decl
) == TYPE_DECL
&& TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl
)))
12521 /* Lookup FILE_NAME (in the list of filenames that we know about here in
12522 dwarf2out.c) and return its "index". The index of each (known) filename is
12523 just a unique number which is associated with only that one filename. We
12524 need such numbers for the sake of generating labels (in the .debug_sfnames
12525 section) and references to those files numbers (in the .debug_srcinfo
12526 and.debug_macinfo sections). If the filename given as an argument is not
12527 found in our current list, add it to the list and assign it the next
12528 available unique index number. In order to speed up searches, we remember
12529 the index of the filename was looked up last. This handles the majority of
12533 lookup_filename (file_name
)
12534 const char *file_name
;
12537 char *save_file_name
;
12539 /* Check to see if the file name that was searched on the previous
12540 call matches this file name. If so, return the index. */
12541 if (file_table_last_lookup_index
!= 0)
12544 = VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table
, file_table_last_lookup_index
);
12545 if (strcmp (file_name
, last
) == 0)
12546 return file_table_last_lookup_index
;
12549 /* Didn't match the previous lookup, search the table */
12550 n
= VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table
);
12551 for (i
= 1; i
< n
; i
++)
12552 if (strcmp (file_name
, VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table
, i
)) == 0)
12554 file_table_last_lookup_index
= i
;
12558 /* Add the new entry to the end of the filename table. */
12559 file_table_last_lookup_index
= n
;
12560 save_file_name
= (char *) ggc_strdup (file_name
);
12561 VARRAY_PUSH_CHAR_PTR (file_table
, save_file_name
);
12562 VARRAY_PUSH_UINT (file_table_emitted
, 0);
12568 maybe_emit_file (fileno
)
12571 if (DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
&& fileno
> 0)
12573 if (!VARRAY_UINT (file_table_emitted
, fileno
))
12575 VARRAY_UINT (file_table_emitted
, fileno
) = ++emitcount
;
12576 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.file %u ",
12577 VARRAY_UINT (file_table_emitted
, fileno
));
12578 output_quoted_string (asm_out_file
,
12579 VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table
, fileno
));
12580 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file
);
12582 return VARRAY_UINT (file_table_emitted
, fileno
);
12591 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the file_table. */
12592 VARRAY_CHAR_PTR_INIT (file_table
, 64, "file_table");
12593 VARRAY_UINT_INIT (file_table_emitted
, 64, "file_table_emitted");
12595 /* Skip the first entry - file numbers begin at 1. */
12596 VARRAY_PUSH_CHAR_PTR (file_table
, NULL
);
12597 VARRAY_PUSH_UINT (file_table_emitted
, 0);
12598 file_table_last_lookup_index
= 0;
12601 /* Output a label to mark the beginning of a source code line entry
12602 and record information relating to this source line, in
12603 'line_info_table' for later output of the .debug_line section. */
12606 dwarf2out_source_line (line
, filename
)
12608 const char *filename
;
12610 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL
12613 function_section (current_function_decl
);
12615 /* If requested, emit something human-readable. */
12616 if (flag_debug_asm
)
12617 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t%s %s:%d\n", ASM_COMMENT_START
,
12620 if (DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
)
12622 unsigned file_num
= lookup_filename (filename
);
12624 file_num
= maybe_emit_file (file_num
);
12626 /* Emit the .loc directive understood by GNU as. */
12627 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.loc %d %d 0\n", file_num
, line
);
12629 /* Indicate that line number info exists. */
12630 line_info_table_in_use
++;
12632 /* Indicate that multiple line number tables exist. */
12633 if (DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl
))
12634 separate_line_info_table_in_use
++;
12636 else if (DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl
))
12638 dw_separate_line_info_ref line_info
;
12639 (*targetm
.asm_out
.internal_label
) (asm_out_file
, SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL
,
12640 separate_line_info_table_in_use
);
12642 /* expand the line info table if necessary */
12643 if (separate_line_info_table_in_use
12644 == separate_line_info_table_allocated
)
12646 separate_line_info_table_allocated
+= LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
12647 separate_line_info_table
12648 = (dw_separate_line_info_ref
)
12649 ggc_realloc (separate_line_info_table
,
12650 separate_line_info_table_allocated
12651 * sizeof (dw_separate_line_info_entry
));
12652 memset ((separate_line_info_table
12653 + separate_line_info_table_in_use
),
12655 (LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
12656 * sizeof (dw_separate_line_info_entry
)));
12659 /* Add the new entry at the end of the line_info_table. */
12661 = &separate_line_info_table
[separate_line_info_table_in_use
++];
12662 line_info
->dw_file_num
= lookup_filename (filename
);
12663 line_info
->dw_line_num
= line
;
12664 line_info
->function
= current_function_funcdef_no
;
12668 dw_line_info_ref line_info
;
12670 (*targetm
.asm_out
.internal_label
) (asm_out_file
, LINE_CODE_LABEL
,
12671 line_info_table_in_use
);
12673 /* Expand the line info table if necessary. */
12674 if (line_info_table_in_use
== line_info_table_allocated
)
12676 line_info_table_allocated
+= LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
12678 = ggc_realloc (line_info_table
,
12679 (line_info_table_allocated
12680 * sizeof (dw_line_info_entry
)));
12681 memset (line_info_table
+ line_info_table_in_use
, 0,
12682 LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
* sizeof (dw_line_info_entry
));
12685 /* Add the new entry at the end of the line_info_table. */
12686 line_info
= &line_info_table
[line_info_table_in_use
++];
12687 line_info
->dw_file_num
= lookup_filename (filename
);
12688 line_info
->dw_line_num
= line
;
12693 /* Record the beginning of a new source file. */
12696 dwarf2out_start_source_file (lineno
, filename
)
12697 unsigned int lineno
;
12698 const char *filename
;
12700 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups
&& !is_main_source
)
12702 /* Record the beginning of the file for break_out_includes. */
12703 dw_die_ref bincl_die
;
12705 bincl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
, comp_unit_die
, NULL
);
12706 add_AT_string (bincl_die
, DW_AT_name
, filename
);
12709 is_main_source
= 0;
12711 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
12713 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
12714 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_start_file
, "Start new file");
12715 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno
, "Included from line number %d",
12717 maybe_emit_file (lookup_filename (filename
));
12718 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lookup_filename (filename
),
12719 "Filename we just started");
12723 /* Record the end of a source file. */
12726 dwarf2out_end_source_file (lineno
)
12727 unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
12729 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups
)
12730 /* Record the end of the file for break_out_includes. */
12731 new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL
, comp_unit_die
, NULL
);
12733 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
12735 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
12736 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_end_file
, "End file");
12740 /* Called from debug_define in toplev.c. The `buffer' parameter contains
12741 the tail part of the directive line, i.e. the part which is past the
12742 initial whitespace, #, whitespace, directive-name, whitespace part. */
12745 dwarf2out_define (lineno
, buffer
)
12746 unsigned lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
12747 const char *buffer ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
12749 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
12751 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
12752 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_define
, "Define macro");
12753 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno
, "At line number %d", lineno
);
12754 dw2_asm_output_nstring (buffer
, -1, "The macro");
12758 /* Called from debug_undef in toplev.c. The `buffer' parameter contains
12759 the tail part of the directive line, i.e. the part which is past the
12760 initial whitespace, #, whitespace, directive-name, whitespace part. */
12763 dwarf2out_undef (lineno
, buffer
)
12764 unsigned lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
12765 const char *buffer ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
12767 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
12769 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
12770 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_undef
, "Undefine macro");
12771 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno
, "At line number %d", lineno
);
12772 dw2_asm_output_nstring (buffer
, -1, "The macro");
12776 /* Set up for Dwarf output at the start of compilation. */
12779 dwarf2out_init (filename
)
12780 const char *filename ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
12782 init_file_table ();
12784 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the decl_die_table. */
12785 decl_die_table
= ggc_alloc_cleared (DECL_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
12786 * sizeof (dw_die_ref
));
12787 decl_die_table_allocated
= DECL_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
12788 decl_die_table_in_use
= 0;
12790 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the decl_scope_table. */
12791 VARRAY_TREE_INIT (decl_scope_table
, 256, "decl_scope_table");
12793 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the abbrev_die_table. */
12794 abbrev_die_table
= ggc_alloc_cleared (ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
12795 * sizeof (dw_die_ref
));
12796 abbrev_die_table_allocated
= ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
12797 /* Zero-th entry is allocated, but unused */
12798 abbrev_die_table_in_use
= 1;
12800 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the line_info_table. */
12801 line_info_table
= ggc_alloc_cleared (LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
12802 * sizeof (dw_line_info_entry
));
12803 line_info_table_allocated
= LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
12805 /* Zero-th entry is allocated, but unused */
12806 line_info_table_in_use
= 1;
12808 /* Generate the initial DIE for the .debug section. Note that the (string)
12809 value given in the DW_AT_name attribute of the DW_TAG_compile_unit DIE
12810 will (typically) be a relative pathname and that this pathname should be
12811 taken as being relative to the directory from which the compiler was
12812 invoked when the given (base) source file was compiled. We will fill
12813 in this value in dwarf2out_finish. */
12814 comp_unit_die
= gen_compile_unit_die (NULL
);
12815 is_main_source
= 1;
12817 VARRAY_TREE_INIT (incomplete_types
, 64, "incomplete_types");
12819 VARRAY_RTX_INIT (used_rtx_varray
, 32, "used_rtx_varray");
12821 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (text_end_label
, TEXT_END_LABEL
, 0);
12822 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (abbrev_section_label
,
12823 DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
12824 if (DWARF2_GENERATE_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
)
12825 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (text_section_label
, TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
12827 strcpy (text_section_label
, stripattributes (TEXT_SECTION_NAME
));
12829 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_info_section_label
,
12830 DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
12831 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_line_section_label
,
12832 DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
12833 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (ranges_section_label
,
12834 DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
12835 named_section_flags (DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
12836 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, abbrev_section_label
);
12837 named_section_flags (DEBUG_INFO_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
12838 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, debug_info_section_label
);
12839 named_section_flags (DEBUG_LINE_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
12840 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, debug_line_section_label
);
12842 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
12844 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
12845 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (macinfo_section_label
,
12846 DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
12847 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, macinfo_section_label
);
12850 if (DWARF2_GENERATE_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
)
12853 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, text_section_label
);
12857 /* A helper function for dwarf2out_finish called through
12858 ht_forall. Emit one queued .debug_str string. */
12861 output_indirect_string (h
, v
)
12863 void *v ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
12865 struct indirect_string_node
*node
= (struct indirect_string_node
*) *h
;
12867 if (node
->form
== DW_FORM_strp
)
12869 named_section_flags (DEBUG_STR_SECTION
, DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS
);
12870 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, node
->label
);
12871 assemble_string (node
->str
, strlen (node
->str
) + 1);
12879 /* Clear the marks for a die and its children.
12880 Be cool if the mark isn't set. */
12883 prune_unmark_dies (die
)
12888 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
12889 prune_unmark_dies (c
);
12893 /* Given DIE that we're marking as used, find any other dies
12894 it references as attributes and mark them as used. */
12897 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (die
)
12902 for (a
= die
->die_attr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->dw_attr_next
)
12904 if (a
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
== dw_val_class_die_ref
)
12906 /* A reference to another DIE.
12907 Make sure that it will get emitted. */
12908 prune_unused_types_mark (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
, 1);
12910 else if (a
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_decl_file
)
12912 /* A reference to a file. Make sure the file name is emitted. */
12913 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_unsigned
=
12914 maybe_emit_file (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_unsigned
);
12920 /* Mark DIE as being used. If DOKIDS is true, then walk down
12921 to DIE's children. */
12924 prune_unused_types_mark (die
, dokids
)
12930 if (die
->die_mark
== 0)
12932 /* We haven't done this node yet. Mark it as used. */
12935 /* We also have to mark its parents as used.
12936 (But we don't want to mark our parents' kids due to this.) */
12937 if (die
->die_parent
)
12938 prune_unused_types_mark (die
->die_parent
, 0);
12940 /* Mark any referenced nodes. */
12941 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (die
);
12944 if (dokids
&& die
->die_mark
!= 2)
12946 /* We need to walk the children, but haven't done so yet.
12947 Remember that we've walked the kids. */
12951 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
12953 /* If this is an array type, we need to make sure our
12954 kids get marked, even if they're types. */
12955 if (die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_array_type
)
12956 prune_unused_types_mark (c
, 1);
12958 prune_unused_types_walk (c
);
12964 /* Walk the tree DIE and mark types that we actually use. */
12967 prune_unused_types_walk (die
)
12972 /* Don't do anything if this node is already marked. */
12976 switch (die
->die_tag
) {
12977 case DW_TAG_const_type
:
12978 case DW_TAG_packed_type
:
12979 case DW_TAG_pointer_type
:
12980 case DW_TAG_reference_type
:
12981 case DW_TAG_volatile_type
:
12982 case DW_TAG_typedef
:
12983 case DW_TAG_array_type
:
12984 case DW_TAG_structure_type
:
12985 case DW_TAG_union_type
:
12986 case DW_TAG_class_type
:
12987 case DW_TAG_friend
:
12988 case DW_TAG_variant_part
:
12989 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type
:
12990 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type
:
12991 case DW_TAG_string_type
:
12992 case DW_TAG_set_type
:
12993 case DW_TAG_subrange_type
:
12994 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type
:
12995 case DW_TAG_file_type
:
12996 /* It's a type node --- don't mark it. */
13000 /* Mark everything else. */
13006 /* Now, mark any dies referenced from here. */
13007 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (die
);
13009 /* Mark children. */
13010 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
13011 prune_unused_types_walk (c
);
13015 /* Remove from the tree DIE any dies that aren't marked. */
13018 prune_unused_types_prune (die
)
13021 dw_die_ref c
, p
, n
;
13022 if (!die
->die_mark
)
13026 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
; c
= n
)
13031 prune_unused_types_prune (c
);
13039 die
->die_child
= n
;
13046 /* Remove dies representing declarations that we never use. */
13049 prune_unused_types ()
13052 limbo_die_node
*node
;
13054 /* Clear all the marks. */
13055 prune_unmark_dies (comp_unit_die
);
13056 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
13057 prune_unmark_dies (node
->die
);
13059 /* Set the mark on nodes that are actually used. */
13060 prune_unused_types_walk (comp_unit_die
);
13061 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
13062 prune_unused_types_walk (node
->die
);
13064 /* Also set the mark on nodes referenced from the
13065 pubname_table or arange_table. */
13066 for (i
= 0; i
< pubname_table_in_use
; i
++)
13067 prune_unused_types_mark (pubname_table
[i
].die
, 1);
13068 for (i
= 0; i
< arange_table_in_use
; i
++)
13069 prune_unused_types_mark (arange_table
[i
], 1);
13071 /* Get rid of nodes that aren't marked. */
13072 prune_unused_types_prune (comp_unit_die
);
13073 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
13074 prune_unused_types_prune (node
->die
);
13076 /* Leave the marks clear. */
13077 prune_unmark_dies (comp_unit_die
);
13078 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
13079 prune_unmark_dies (node
->die
);
13082 /* Output stuff that dwarf requires at the end of every file,
13083 and generate the DWARF-2 debugging info. */
13086 dwarf2out_finish (filename
)
13087 const char *filename
;
13089 limbo_die_node
*node
, *next_node
;
13090 dw_die_ref die
= 0;
13092 /* Add the name for the main input file now. We delayed this from
13093 dwarf2out_init to avoid complications with PCH. */
13094 add_name_attribute (comp_unit_die
, filename
);
13095 if (filename
[0] != DIR_SEPARATOR
)
13096 add_comp_dir_attribute (comp_unit_die
);
13097 else if (get_AT (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_comp_dir
) == NULL
)
13100 for (i
= 1; i
< VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table
); i
++)
13101 if (VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table
, i
)[0] != DIR_SEPARATOR
13102 /* Don't add cwd for <built-in>. */
13103 && VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table
, i
)[0] != '<')
13105 add_comp_dir_attribute (comp_unit_die
);
13110 /* Traverse the limbo die list, and add parent/child links. The only
13111 dies without parents that should be here are concrete instances of
13112 inline functions, and the comp_unit_die. We can ignore the comp_unit_die.
13113 For concrete instances, we can get the parent die from the abstract
13115 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= next_node
)
13117 next_node
= node
->next
;
13120 if (die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
13122 dw_die_ref origin
= get_AT_ref (die
, DW_AT_abstract_origin
);
13126 add_child_die (origin
->die_parent
, die
);
13127 else if (die
== comp_unit_die
)
13129 /* If this was an expression for a bound involved in a function
13130 return type, it may be a SAVE_EXPR for which we weren't able
13131 to find a DIE previously. So try now. */
13132 else if (node
->created_for
13133 && TREE_CODE (node
->created_for
) == SAVE_EXPR
13134 && 0 != (origin
= (lookup_decl_die
13136 (node
->created_for
)))))
13137 add_child_die (origin
, die
);
13138 else if (errorcount
> 0 || sorrycount
> 0)
13139 /* It's OK to be confused by errors in the input. */
13140 add_child_die (comp_unit_die
, die
);
13141 else if (node
->created_for
13142 && ((DECL_P (node
->created_for
)
13143 && (context
= DECL_CONTEXT (node
->created_for
)))
13144 || (TYPE_P (node
->created_for
)
13145 && (context
= TYPE_CONTEXT (node
->created_for
))))
13146 && TREE_CODE (context
) == FUNCTION_DECL
)
13148 /* In certain situations, the lexical block containing a
13149 nested function can be optimized away, which results
13150 in the nested function die being orphaned. Likewise
13151 with the return type of that nested function. Force
13152 this to be a child of the containing function. */
13153 origin
= lookup_decl_die (context
);
13156 add_child_die (origin
, die
);
13163 limbo_die_list
= NULL
;
13165 /* Walk through the list of incomplete types again, trying once more to
13166 emit full debugging info for them. */
13167 retry_incomplete_types ();
13169 /* We need to reverse all the dies before break_out_includes, or
13170 we'll see the end of an include file before the beginning. */
13171 reverse_all_dies (comp_unit_die
);
13173 if (flag_eliminate_unused_debug_types
)
13174 prune_unused_types ();
13176 /* Generate separate CUs for each of the include files we've seen.
13177 They will go into limbo_die_list. */
13178 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups
)
13179 break_out_includes (comp_unit_die
);
13181 /* Traverse the DIE's and add add sibling attributes to those DIE's
13182 that have children. */
13183 add_sibling_attributes (comp_unit_die
);
13184 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
13185 add_sibling_attributes (node
->die
);
13187 /* Output a terminator label for the .text section. */
13189 (*targetm
.asm_out
.internal_label
) (asm_out_file
, TEXT_END_LABEL
, 0);
13191 /* Output the source line correspondence table. We must do this
13192 even if there is no line information. Otherwise, on an empty
13193 translation unit, we will generate a present, but empty,
13194 .debug_info section. IRIX 6.5 `nm' will then complain when
13195 examining the file. */
13196 if (! DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
)
13198 named_section_flags (DEBUG_LINE_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
13199 output_line_info ();
13202 /* Output location list section if necessary. */
13203 if (have_location_lists
)
13205 /* Output the location lists info. */
13206 named_section_flags (DEBUG_LOC_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
13207 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (loc_section_label
,
13208 DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
13209 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, loc_section_label
);
13210 output_location_lists (die
);
13211 have_location_lists
= 0;
13214 /* We can only use the low/high_pc attributes if all of the code was
13216 if (separate_line_info_table_in_use
== 0)
13218 add_AT_lbl_id (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, text_section_label
);
13219 add_AT_lbl_id (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_high_pc
, text_end_label
);
13222 /* If it wasn't, we need to give .debug_loc and .debug_ranges an appropriate
13223 "base address". Use zero so that these addresses become absolute. */
13224 else if (have_location_lists
|| ranges_table_in_use
)
13225 add_AT_addr (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_entry_pc
, const0_rtx
);
13227 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL
)
13228 add_AT_lbl_offset (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_stmt_list
,
13229 debug_line_section_label
);
13231 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
13232 add_AT_lbl_offset (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_macro_info
, macinfo_section_label
);
13234 /* Output all of the compilation units. We put the main one last so that
13235 the offsets are available to output_pubnames. */
13236 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
13237 output_comp_unit (node
->die
, 0);
13239 output_comp_unit (comp_unit_die
, 0);
13241 /* Output the abbreviation table. */
13242 named_section_flags (DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
13243 output_abbrev_section ();
13245 /* Output public names table if necessary. */
13246 if (pubname_table_in_use
)
13248 named_section_flags (DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
13249 output_pubnames ();
13252 /* Output the address range information. We only put functions in the arange
13253 table, so don't write it out if we don't have any. */
13254 if (fde_table_in_use
)
13256 named_section_flags (DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
13260 /* Output ranges section if necessary. */
13261 if (ranges_table_in_use
)
13263 named_section_flags (DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
13264 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, ranges_section_label
);
13268 /* Have to end the primary source file. */
13269 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
13271 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
13272 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_end_file
, "End file");
13273 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End compilation unit");
13276 /* If we emitted any DW_FORM_strp form attribute, output the string
13278 if (debug_str_hash
)
13279 htab_traverse (debug_str_hash
, output_indirect_string
, NULL
);
13283 /* This should never be used, but its address is needed for comparisons. */
13284 const struct gcc_debug_hooks dwarf2_debug_hooks
;
13286 #endif /* DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO */
13288 #include "gt-dwarf2out.h"